ASTContext.cpp revision 5bbb0581cb62e019c2b92bdd5362ba93e84e826f
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getLocalCommentForDeclUncached(const Decl *D) const { 410 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(D); 411 return RC ? RC->parse(*this, 0, D) : 0; 412} 413 414comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 415 const Decl *D, 416 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 417 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 418 return NULL; 419 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 420 421 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 422 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 423 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 424 425 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 426 if (Canonical != D) { 427 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 428 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 429 return CFC; 430 } 431 return Pos->second; 432 } 433 434 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 435 436 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 437 if (!RC) { 438 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 439 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 440 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 441 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 442 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 443 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 444 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 445 if (OMD) 446 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 447 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 448 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 449 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 450 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 451 } 452 else if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 453 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 454 // does not have one of its own. 455 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 456 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 457 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 458 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 459 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 460 } 461 else if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) { 462 while (IC->getSuperClass()) { 463 IC = IC->getSuperClass(); 464 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 465 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 466 } 467 } 468 else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(D)) { 469 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IC = CD->getClassInterface()) 470 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(IC, PP)) 471 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 472 } 473 else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 474 if (!(RD = RD->getDefinition())) 475 return NULL; 476 // Check non-virtual bases. 477 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 478 RD->bases_begin(), E = RD->bases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 479 if (I->isVirtual() || (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public)) 480 continue; 481 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 482 if (Ty.isNull()) 483 continue; 484 if (const CXXRecordDecl *NonVirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 485 if (!(NonVirtualBase= NonVirtualBase->getDefinition())) 486 continue; 487 488 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((NonVirtualBase), PP)) 489 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 490 } 491 } 492 // Check virtual bases. 493 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator I = 494 RD->vbases_begin(), E = RD->vbases_end(); I != E; ++I) { 495 if (I->getAccessSpecifier() != AS_public) 496 continue; 497 QualType Ty = I->getType(); 498 if (Ty.isNull()) 499 continue; 500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *VirtualBase = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 501 if (!(VirtualBase= VirtualBase->getDefinition())) 502 continue; 503 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl((VirtualBase), PP)) 504 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 505 } 506 } 507 } 508 return NULL; 509 } 510 511 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 512 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 513 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 514 // different across redeclarations. 515 if (D != OriginalDecl) 516 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 517 518 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 519 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 520 return FC; 521} 522 523void 524ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 525 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 526 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 527 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 528 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 529 530 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 531 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 532 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 533 PEnd = Params->end(); 534 P != PEnd; ++P) { 535 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 536 ID.AddInteger(0); 537 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 538 continue; 539 } 540 541 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 542 ID.AddInteger(1); 543 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 544 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 545 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 546 ID.AddBoolean(true); 547 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 548 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 549 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 550 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 551 } 552 } else 553 ID.AddBoolean(false); 554 continue; 555 } 556 557 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 558 ID.AddInteger(2); 559 Profile(ID, TTP); 560 } 561} 562 563TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 564ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 565 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 566 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 567 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 568 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 569 void *InsertPos = 0; 570 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 571 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 572 if (Canonical) 573 return Canonical->getParam(); 574 575 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 576 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 577 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 578 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 579 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 580 PEnd = Params->end(); 581 P != PEnd; ++P) { 582 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 583 CanonParams.push_back( 584 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 585 SourceLocation(), 586 SourceLocation(), 587 TTP->getDepth(), 588 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 589 TTP->isParameterPack())); 590 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 591 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 592 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 593 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 594 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 595 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 596 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 597 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 598 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 599 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 600 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 601 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 602 } 603 604 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 605 SourceLocation(), 606 SourceLocation(), 607 NTTP->getDepth(), 608 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 609 T, 610 TInfo, 611 ExpandedTypes.data(), 612 ExpandedTypes.size(), 613 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 614 } else { 615 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 616 SourceLocation(), 617 SourceLocation(), 618 NTTP->getDepth(), 619 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 620 T, 621 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 622 TInfo); 623 } 624 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 625 626 } else 627 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 628 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 629 } 630 631 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 632 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 633 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 634 TTP->getPosition(), 635 TTP->isParameterPack(), 636 0, 637 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 638 SourceLocation(), 639 CanonParams.data(), 640 CanonParams.size(), 641 SourceLocation())); 642 643 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 644 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 645 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 646 (void)Canonical; 647 648 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 649 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 650 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 651 return CanonTTP; 652} 653 654CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 655 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 656 657 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 658 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 659 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 660 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 661 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 662 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 663 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 664 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 665 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 666 } 667 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 668} 669 670static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 671 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 672 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 673 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 674 // language-specific address space. 675 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 676 1, // opencl_global 677 2, // opencl_local 678 3, // opencl_constant 679 4, // cuda_device 680 5, // cuda_constant 681 6 // cuda_shared 682 }; 683 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 684 } else { 685 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 686 } 687} 688 689ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 690 const TargetInfo *t, 691 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 692 Builtin::Context &builtins, 693 unsigned size_reserve, 694 bool DelayInitialization) 695 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 696 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 697 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 698 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 699 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 700 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 701 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 702 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 703 BOOLDecl(0), 704 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 705 FILEDecl(0), 706 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 707 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 708 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 709 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 710 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 711 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 712 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 713 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 714 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 715 DeclarationNames(*this), 716 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 717 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 718 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 719 LastSDM(0, 0), 720 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 721{ 722 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 723 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 724 725 if (!DelayInitialization) { 726 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 727 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 728 } 729} 730 731ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 732 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 733 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 734 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 735 736 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 737 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 738 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 739 740 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 741 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 742 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 743 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 744 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 745 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 746 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 747 R->Destroy(*this); 748 749 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 750 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 751 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 752 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 753 R->Destroy(*this); 754 } 755 756 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 757 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 758 A != AEnd; ++A) 759 A->second->~AttrVec(); 760} 761 762void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 763 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 764} 765 766void 767ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 768 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 769} 770 771void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 772 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 773 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 774 775 unsigned counts[] = { 776#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 777#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 778#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 779 0 // Extra 780 }; 781 782 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 783 Type *T = Types[i]; 784 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 785 } 786 787 unsigned Idx = 0; 788 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 789#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 790 if (counts[Idx]) \ 791 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 792 << " types\n"; \ 793 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 794 ++Idx; 795#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 796#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 797 798 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 799 800 // Implicit special member functions. 801 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 802 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 803 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 804 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 805 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 806 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 807 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 808 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 809 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 810 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 811 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 812 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 813 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 814 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 815 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 816 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 817 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 818 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 819 << NumImplicitDestructors 820 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 821 822 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 823 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 824 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 825 } 826 827 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 828} 829 830TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 831 if (!Int128Decl) { 832 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 833 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 834 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 835 SourceLocation(), 836 SourceLocation(), 837 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 838 TInfo); 839 } 840 841 return Int128Decl; 842} 843 844TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 845 if (!UInt128Decl) { 846 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 847 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 848 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 849 SourceLocation(), 850 SourceLocation(), 851 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 852 TInfo); 853 } 854 855 return UInt128Decl; 856} 857 858void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 859 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 860 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 861 Types.push_back(Ty); 862} 863 864void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 865 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 866 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 867 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 868 869 this->Target = &Target; 870 871 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 872 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 873 874 // C99 6.2.5p19. 875 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 876 877 // C99 6.2.5p2. 878 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 879 // C99 6.2.5p3. 880 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 881 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 882 else 883 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 884 // C99 6.2.5p4. 885 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 886 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 887 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 888 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 889 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 890 891 // C99 6.2.5p6. 892 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 893 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 894 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 895 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 896 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 897 898 // C99 6.2.5p10. 899 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 900 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 901 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 902 903 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 904 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 905 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 906 907 // C++ 3.9.1p5 908 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 909 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 910 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 911 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 912 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) 913 WideCharTy = WCharTy; 914 else { 915 // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar). 916 WideCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 917 } 918 919 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 920 921 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 922 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 923 else // C99 924 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 925 926 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 927 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 928 else // C99 929 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 930 931 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 932 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 933 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 934 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 935 // expressions. 936 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 937 938 // Placeholder type for functions. 939 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 940 941 // Placeholder type for bound members. 942 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 943 944 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 945 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 946 947 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 948 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 949 950 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 951 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 952 953 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 954 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 955 956 // C99 6.2.5p11. 957 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 958 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 959 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 960 961 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 962 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 963 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 964 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 965 966 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 967 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 968 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 969 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 970 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 971 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 972 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 973 974 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 975 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 976 } 977 978 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 979 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 980 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 981 982 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 983 984 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 985 986 // void * type 987 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 988 989 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 990 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 991 992 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 993 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 994 995 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 996 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 997} 998 999DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 1000 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 1001} 1002 1003AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1004 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 1005 if (!Result) { 1006 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 1007 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 1008 } 1009 1010 return *Result; 1011} 1012 1013/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 1014void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 1015 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 1016 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 1017 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 1018 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 1019 } 1020} 1021 1022MemberSpecializationInfo * 1023ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 1024 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1025 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 1026 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 1027 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 1028 return 0; 1029 1030 return Pos->second; 1031} 1032 1033void 1034ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 1035 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 1036 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 1037 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1038 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 1039 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 1040 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 1041 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 1042 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 1043} 1044 1045FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 1046 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 1047 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1048 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1049 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 1050 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 1051 return 0; 1052 1053 return Pos->second; 1054} 1055 1056void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 1057 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1058 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1059 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1060 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1061} 1062 1063NamedDecl * 1064ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1065 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1066 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1067 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1068 return 0; 1069 1070 return Pos->second; 1071} 1072 1073void 1074ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1075 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1076 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1077 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1078 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1079 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1080 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1081} 1082 1083UsingShadowDecl * 1084ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1085 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1086 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1087 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1088 return 0; 1089 1090 return Pos->second; 1091} 1092 1093void 1094ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1095 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1096 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1097 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1098} 1099 1100FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1101 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1102 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1103 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1104 return 0; 1105 1106 return Pos->second; 1107} 1108 1109void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1110 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1111 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1112 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1113 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1114 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1115 1116 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1117} 1118 1119bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1120 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1121 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1122 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1123} 1124 1125bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1126 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1127 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1128 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1129 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1130} 1131 1132bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1133 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1134 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1135 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1136 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1137} 1138 1139bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1140 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1141 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1142 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1143} 1144 1145bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1146 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1147 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1148 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1149} 1150 1151ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1152ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1153 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1154 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1155 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1156 return 0; 1157 1158 return Pos->second.begin(); 1159} 1160 1161ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1162ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1163 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1164 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1165 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1166 return 0; 1167 1168 return Pos->second.end(); 1169} 1170 1171unsigned 1172ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1173 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1174 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1175 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1176 return 0; 1177 1178 return Pos->second.size(); 1179} 1180 1181void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1182 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1183 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1184 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1185} 1186 1187void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1188 const NamedDecl *D, 1189 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1190 assert(D); 1191 1192 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1193 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1194 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1195 return; 1196 } 1197 1198 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1199 if (!Method) 1200 return; 1201 1202 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1203 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1204 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1205} 1206 1207void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1208 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1209 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1210 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1211 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1212 LastLocalImport = Import; 1213 return; 1214 } 1215 1216 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1217 LastLocalImport = Import; 1218} 1219 1220//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1221// Type Sizing and Analysis 1222//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1223 1224/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1225/// scalar floating point type. 1226const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1227 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1228 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1229 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1230 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1231 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1232 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1233 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1234 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1235 } 1236} 1237 1238/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1239/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1240/// this method will assert on them. 1241/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1242/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1243CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1244 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1245 1246 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1247 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1248 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1249 1250 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1251 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1252 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1253 // 1254 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1255 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1256 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1257 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1258 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1259 } else { 1260 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1261 } 1262 } 1263 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1264 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1265 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1266 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1267 1268 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1269 // else about the declaration and its type. 1270 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1271 // do nothing 1272 1273 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1274 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1275 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1276 if (RefAsPointee) 1277 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1278 else 1279 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1280 } 1281 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1282 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1283 // large-array alignment on the target. 1284 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1285 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1286 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1287 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1288 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1289 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1290 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1291 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1292 1293 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1294 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1295 } 1296 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1297 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1298 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage()) 1299 Align = std::max(Align, getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1300 } 1301 } 1302 1303 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1304 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1305 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1306 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1307 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1308 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1309 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1310 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1311 1312 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1313 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1314 1315 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1316 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1317 if (offset > 0) { 1318 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1319 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1320 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1321 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1322 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1323 } 1324 1325 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1326 } 1327 } 1328 1329 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1330} 1331 1332// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1333// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1334// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1335// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1336std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1337ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1338 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1339 1340 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1341 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1342 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1343 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1344 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1345 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1346 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1347 } 1348 } 1349 1350 return sizeAndAlign; 1351} 1352 1353/// getConstantArrayInfoInChars - Performing the computation in CharUnits 1354/// instead of in bits prevents overflowing the uint64_t for some large arrays. 1355std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1356static getConstantArrayInfoInChars(const ASTContext &Context, 1357 const ConstantArrayType *CAT) { 1358 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> EltInfo = 1359 Context.getTypeInfoInChars(CAT->getElementType()); 1360 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1361 assert((Size == 0 || static_cast<uint64_t>(EltInfo.first.getQuantity()) <= 1362 (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1363 "Overflow in array type char size evaluation"); 1364 uint64_t Width = EltInfo.first.getQuantity() * Size; 1365 unsigned Align = EltInfo.second.getQuantity(); 1366 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1367 return std::make_pair(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Width), 1368 CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align)); 1369} 1370 1371std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1372ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1373 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) 1374 return getConstantArrayInfoInChars(*this, CAT); 1375 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1376 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1377 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1378} 1379 1380std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1381ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1382 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1383} 1384 1385std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1386 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1387 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1388 return it->second; 1389 1390 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1391 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1392 return Info; 1393} 1394 1395/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1396/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1397/// 1398/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1399/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1400/// should take a QualType, &c. 1401std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1402ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1403 uint64_t Width=0; 1404 unsigned Align=8; 1405 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1406#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1407#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1408#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1409#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1410#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1411 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1412 1413 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1414 case Type::FunctionProto: 1415 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1416 Width = 0; 1417 Align = 32; 1418 break; 1419 1420 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1421 case Type::VariableArray: 1422 Width = 0; 1423 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1424 break; 1425 1426 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1427 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1428 1429 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1430 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1431 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1432 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1433 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1434 Align = EltInfo.second; 1435 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1436 break; 1437 } 1438 case Type::ExtVector: 1439 case Type::Vector: { 1440 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1441 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1442 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1443 Align = Width; 1444 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1445 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1446 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1447 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1448 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1449 } 1450 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1451 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1452 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1453 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1454 break; 1455 } 1456 1457 case Type::Builtin: 1458 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1459 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1460 case BuiltinType::Void: 1461 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1462 Width = 0; 1463 Align = 8; 1464 break; 1465 1466 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1467 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1468 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1469 break; 1470 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1471 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1472 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1473 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1474 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1475 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1476 break; 1477 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1478 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1479 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1480 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1481 break; 1482 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1483 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1484 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1485 break; 1486 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1487 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1488 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1489 break; 1490 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1491 case BuiltinType::Short: 1492 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1493 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1494 break; 1495 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1496 case BuiltinType::Int: 1497 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1498 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1499 break; 1500 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1501 case BuiltinType::Long: 1502 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1503 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1504 break; 1505 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1506 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1507 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1508 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1509 break; 1510 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1511 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1512 Width = 128; 1513 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1514 break; 1515 case BuiltinType::Half: 1516 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1517 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1518 break; 1519 case BuiltinType::Float: 1520 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1521 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1522 break; 1523 case BuiltinType::Double: 1524 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1525 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1526 break; 1527 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1528 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1529 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1530 break; 1531 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1532 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1533 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1534 break; 1535 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1536 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1537 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1538 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1539 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1540 break; 1541 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1542 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1543 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1544 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1545 break; 1546 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1547 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1548 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1549 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1550 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1551 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1552 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1553 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1554 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1555 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1556 break; 1557 } 1558 break; 1559 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1560 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1561 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1562 break; 1563 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1564 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1565 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1566 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1567 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1568 break; 1569 } 1570 case Type::LValueReference: 1571 case Type::RValueReference: { 1572 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1573 // the pointer route. 1574 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1575 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1576 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1577 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1578 break; 1579 } 1580 case Type::Pointer: { 1581 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1582 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1583 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1584 break; 1585 } 1586 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1587 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1588 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1589 break; 1590 } 1591 case Type::Complex: { 1592 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1593 // size. 1594 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1595 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1596 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1597 Align = EltInfo.second; 1598 break; 1599 } 1600 case Type::ObjCObject: 1601 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1602 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1603 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1604 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1605 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1606 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1607 break; 1608 } 1609 case Type::Record: 1610 case Type::Enum: { 1611 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1612 1613 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1614 Width = 8; 1615 Align = 8; 1616 break; 1617 } 1618 1619 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1620 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1621 1622 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1623 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1624 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1625 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1626 break; 1627 } 1628 1629 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1630 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1631 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1632 1633 case Type::Auto: { 1634 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1635 assert(!A->getDeducedType().isNull() && 1636 "cannot request the size of an undeduced or dependent auto type"); 1637 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1638 } 1639 1640 case Type::Paren: 1641 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1642 1643 case Type::Typedef: { 1644 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1645 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1646 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1647 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1648 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1649 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1650 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1651 Align = AttrAlign; 1652 else 1653 Align = Info.second; 1654 Width = Info.first; 1655 break; 1656 } 1657 1658 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1659 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1660 .getTypePtr()); 1661 1662 case Type::TypeOf: 1663 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1664 1665 case Type::Decltype: 1666 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1667 .getTypePtr()); 1668 1669 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1670 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1671 1672 case Type::Elaborated: 1673 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1674 1675 case Type::Attributed: 1676 return getTypeInfo( 1677 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1678 1679 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1680 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1681 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1682 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1683 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1684 // aligned attribute on it. 1685 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1686 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1687 else 1688 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1689 } 1690 1691 case Type::Atomic: { 1692 // Start with the base type information. 1693 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1694 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1695 Width = Info.first; 1696 Align = Info.second; 1697 1698 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1699 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1700 // favorable to atomic operations: 1701 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1702 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1703 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1704 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1705 1706 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1707 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1708 } 1709 } 1710 1711 } 1712 1713 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1714 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1715} 1716 1717/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1718CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1719 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1720} 1721 1722/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1723int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1724 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1725} 1726 1727/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1728/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1729CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1730 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1731} 1732CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1733 return getTypeInfoInChars(T).first; 1734} 1735 1736/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1737/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1738CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1739 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1740} 1741CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1742 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1743} 1744 1745/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1746/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1747/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1748/// a data type. 1749unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1750 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1751 1752 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1753 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1754 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1755 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1756 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1757 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1758 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1759 1760 return ABIAlign; 1761} 1762 1763/// getAlignOfGlobalVar - Return the alignment in bits that should be given 1764/// to a global variable of the specified type. 1765unsigned ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVar(QualType T) const { 1766 return std::max(getTypeAlign(T), getTargetInfo().getMinGlobalAlign()); 1767} 1768 1769/// getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars - Return the alignment in characters that 1770/// should be given to a global variable of the specified type. 1771CharUnits ASTContext::getAlignOfGlobalVarInChars(QualType T) const { 1772 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getAlignOfGlobalVar(T)); 1773} 1774 1775/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1776/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1777/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1778/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1779/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1780/// 1781void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1782 bool leafClass, 1783 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1784 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1785 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1786 if (!leafClass) { 1787 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1788 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1789 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1790 } else { 1791 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1792 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1793 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1794 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1795 } 1796} 1797 1798/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1799/// those inherited by it. 1800void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1801 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1802 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1803 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1804 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1805 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1806 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1807 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1808 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1809 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1810 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1811 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1812 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1813 } 1814 } 1815 1816 // Categories of this Interface. 1817 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1818 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1819 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1820 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1821 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1822 } 1823 1824 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1825 while (SD) { 1826 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1827 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1828 } 1829 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1830 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1831 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1832 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1833 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1834 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1835 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1836 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1837 } 1838 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1839 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1840 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1841 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1842 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1843 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1844 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1845 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1846 } 1847 } 1848} 1849 1850unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1851 unsigned count = 0; 1852 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1853 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1854 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1855 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1856 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1857 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1858 } 1859 1860 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1861 // includes synthesized ivars. 1862 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1863 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1864 1865 return count; 1866} 1867 1868bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1869 if (!E) 1870 return false; 1871 1872 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1873 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1874 1875 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1876 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1877 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1878 return true; 1879 1880 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1881 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1882 1883 return false; 1884} 1885 1886/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1887ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1888 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1889 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1890 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1891 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1892 return 0; 1893} 1894/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1895ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1896 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1897 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1898 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1899 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1900 return 0; 1901} 1902 1903/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1904void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1905 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1906 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1907 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1908} 1909/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1910void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1911 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1912 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1913 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1914} 1915 1916const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1917 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1918 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1919 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1920 return ID; 1921 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1922 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1923 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1924 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1925 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1926 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1927 1928 return 0; 1929} 1930 1931/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1932/// none exists. 1933Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1934 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1935 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1936 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1937 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1938 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1939 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1940} 1941 1942/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1943void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1944 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1945 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1946 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1947 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1948} 1949 1950TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1951 unsigned DataSize) const { 1952 if (!DataSize) 1953 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1954 else 1955 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1956 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1957 1958 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1959 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1960 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1961 return TInfo; 1962} 1963 1964TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1965 SourceLocation L) const { 1966 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1967 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1968 return DI; 1969} 1970 1971const ASTRecordLayout & 1972ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1973 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1974} 1975 1976const ASTRecordLayout & 1977ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1978 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1979 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1980} 1981 1982//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1983// Type creation/memoization methods 1984//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1985 1986QualType 1987ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1988 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1989 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1990 1991 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1992 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1993 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1994 void *insertPos = 0; 1995 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1996 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1997 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1998 } 1999 2000 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 2001 QualType canon; 2002 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2003 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 2004 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 2005 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 2006 2007 // Re-find the insert position. 2008 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2009 } 2010 2011 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 2012 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 2013 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 2014} 2015 2016QualType 2017ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 2018 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2019 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 2020 return T; 2021 2022 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2023 // into one ExtQuals node. 2024 QualifierCollector Quals; 2025 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2026 2027 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 2028 // another one. 2029 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 2030 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 2031 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 2032 2033 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2034} 2035 2036QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 2037 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 2038 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 2039 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 2040 return T; 2041 2042 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 2043 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 2044 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 2045 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 2046 return getPointerType(ResultType); 2047 } 2048 } 2049 2050 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 2051 // into one ExtQuals node. 2052 QualifierCollector Quals; 2053 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 2054 2055 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 2056 // another one. 2057 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 2058 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 2059 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 2060 2061 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 2062} 2063 2064const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 2065 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 2066 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 2067 return T; 2068 2069 QualType Result; 2070 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 2071 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 2072 } else { 2073 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 2074 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2075 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 2076 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 2077 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 2078 FPT->getNumArgs()), 2079 EPI); 2080 } 2081 2082 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 2083} 2084 2085void ASTContext::adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(FunctionDecl *FD, 2086 QualType ResultType) { 2087 FD = FD->getMostRecentDecl(); 2088 while (true) { 2089 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2090 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 2091 FD->setType(getFunctionType(ResultType, FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI)); 2092 if (FunctionDecl *Next = FD->getPreviousDecl()) 2093 FD = Next; 2094 else 2095 break; 2096 } 2097 if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener()) 2098 L->DeducedReturnType(FD, ResultType); 2099} 2100 2101/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 2102/// number with the specified element type. 2103QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 2104 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2105 // structure. 2106 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2107 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 2108 2109 void *InsertPos = 0; 2110 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2111 return QualType(CT, 0); 2112 2113 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2114 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2115 QualType Canonical; 2116 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2117 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2118 2119 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2120 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2121 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2122 } 2123 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2124 Types.push_back(New); 2125 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2126 return QualType(New, 0); 2127} 2128 2129/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2130/// the specified type. 2131QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2132 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2133 // structure. 2134 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2135 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2136 2137 void *InsertPos = 0; 2138 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2139 return QualType(PT, 0); 2140 2141 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2142 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2143 QualType Canonical; 2144 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2145 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2146 2147 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2148 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2149 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2150 } 2151 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2152 Types.push_back(New); 2153 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2154 return QualType(New, 0); 2155} 2156 2157/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2158/// a pointer to the specified block. 2159QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2160 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2161 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2162 // structure. 2163 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2164 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2165 2166 void *InsertPos = 0; 2167 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2168 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2169 return QualType(PT, 0); 2170 2171 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2172 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2173 QualType Canonical; 2174 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2175 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2176 2177 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2178 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2179 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2180 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2181 } 2182 BlockPointerType *New 2183 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2184 Types.push_back(New); 2185 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2186 return QualType(New, 0); 2187} 2188 2189/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2190/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2191QualType 2192ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2193 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2194 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2195 2196 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2197 // structure. 2198 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2199 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2200 2201 void *InsertPos = 0; 2202 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2203 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2204 return QualType(RT, 0); 2205 2206 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2207 2208 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2209 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2210 QualType Canonical; 2211 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2212 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2213 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2214 2215 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2216 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2217 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2218 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2219 } 2220 2221 LValueReferenceType *New 2222 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2223 SpelledAsLValue); 2224 Types.push_back(New); 2225 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2226 2227 return QualType(New, 0); 2228} 2229 2230/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2231/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2232QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2233 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2234 // structure. 2235 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2236 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2237 2238 void *InsertPos = 0; 2239 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2240 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2241 return QualType(RT, 0); 2242 2243 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2244 2245 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2246 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2247 QualType Canonical; 2248 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2249 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2250 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2251 2252 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2253 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2254 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2255 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2256 } 2257 2258 RValueReferenceType *New 2259 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2260 Types.push_back(New); 2261 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2262 return QualType(New, 0); 2263} 2264 2265/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2266/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2267QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2268 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2269 // structure. 2270 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2271 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2272 2273 void *InsertPos = 0; 2274 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2275 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2276 return QualType(PT, 0); 2277 2278 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2279 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2280 QualType Canonical; 2281 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2282 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2283 2284 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2285 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2286 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2287 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2288 } 2289 MemberPointerType *New 2290 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2291 Types.push_back(New); 2292 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2293 return QualType(New, 0); 2294} 2295 2296/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2297/// array of the specified element type. 2298QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2299 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2300 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2301 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2302 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2303 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2304 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2305 2306 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2307 // the target. 2308 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2309 ArySize = 2310 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2311 2312 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2313 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2314 2315 void *InsertPos = 0; 2316 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2317 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2318 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2319 2320 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2321 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2322 QualType Canon; 2323 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2324 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2325 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2326 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2327 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2328 2329 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2330 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2331 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2332 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2333 } 2334 2335 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2336 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2337 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2338 Types.push_back(New); 2339 return QualType(New, 0); 2340} 2341 2342/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2343/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2344/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2345QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2346 // Vastly most common case. 2347 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2348 2349 QualType result; 2350 2351 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2352 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2353 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2354#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2355#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2356#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2357#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2358 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2359 2360 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2361 case Type::Builtin: 2362 case Type::Complex: 2363 case Type::Vector: 2364 case Type::ExtVector: 2365 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2366 case Type::ObjCObject: 2367 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2368 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2369 case Type::Record: 2370 case Type::Enum: 2371 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2372 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2373 case Type::TypeOf: 2374 case Type::Decltype: 2375 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2376 case Type::DependentName: 2377 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2378 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2379 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2380 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2381 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2382 case Type::Auto: 2383 case Type::PackExpansion: 2384 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2385 2386 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2387 // further decay. 2388 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2389 case Type::FunctionProto: 2390 case Type::BlockPointer: 2391 case Type::MemberPointer: 2392 return type; 2393 2394 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2395 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2396 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2397 // optimizations available here. 2398 case Type::Pointer: 2399 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2400 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2401 break; 2402 2403 case Type::LValueReference: { 2404 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2405 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2406 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2407 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2408 break; 2409 } 2410 2411 case Type::RValueReference: { 2412 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2413 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2414 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2415 break; 2416 } 2417 2418 case Type::Atomic: { 2419 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2420 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2421 break; 2422 } 2423 2424 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2425 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2426 result = getConstantArrayType( 2427 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2428 cat->getSize(), 2429 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2430 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2431 break; 2432 } 2433 2434 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2435 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2436 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2437 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2438 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2439 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2440 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2441 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2442 break; 2443 } 2444 2445 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2446 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2447 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2448 result = getVariableArrayType( 2449 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2450 /*size*/ 0, 2451 ArrayType::Normal, 2452 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2453 SourceRange()); 2454 break; 2455 } 2456 2457 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2458 case Type::VariableArray: { 2459 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2460 result = getVariableArrayType( 2461 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2462 /*size*/ 0, 2463 ArrayType::Star, 2464 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2465 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2466 break; 2467 } 2468 } 2469 2470 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2471 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2472} 2473 2474/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2475/// variable array of the specified element type. 2476QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2477 Expr *NumElts, 2478 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2479 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2480 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2481 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2482 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2483 QualType Canon; 2484 2485 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2486 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2487 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2488 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2489 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2490 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2491 } 2492 2493 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2494 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2495 2496 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2497 Types.push_back(New); 2498 return QualType(New, 0); 2499} 2500 2501/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2502/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2503/// type. 2504QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2505 Expr *numElements, 2506 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2507 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2508 SourceRange brackets) const { 2509 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2510 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2511 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2512 2513 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2514 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2515 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2516 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2517 if (!numElements) { 2518 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2519 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2520 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2521 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2522 brackets); 2523 Types.push_back(newType); 2524 return QualType(newType, 0); 2525 } 2526 2527 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2528 // also build a canonical type. 2529 2530 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2531 2532 void *insertPos = 0; 2533 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2534 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2535 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2536 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2537 2538 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2539 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2540 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2541 2542 // If we don't have one, build one. 2543 if (!canonTy) { 2544 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2545 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2546 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2547 brackets); 2548 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2549 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2550 } 2551 2552 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2553 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2554 canonElementType.Quals); 2555 2556 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2557 // then just use that as our result. 2558 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2559 return canon; 2560 2561 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2562 // of the element type. 2563 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2564 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2565 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2566 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2567 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2568 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2569} 2570 2571QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2572 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2573 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2574 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2575 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2576 2577 void *insertPos = 0; 2578 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2579 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2580 return QualType(iat, 0); 2581 2582 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2583 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2584 // qualifiers off the element type. 2585 QualType canon; 2586 2587 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2588 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2589 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2590 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2591 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2592 2593 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2594 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2595 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2596 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2597 } 2598 2599 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2600 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2601 2602 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2603 Types.push_back(newType); 2604 return QualType(newType, 0); 2605} 2606 2607/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2608/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2609QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2610 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2611 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2612 2613 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2614 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2615 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2616 2617 void *InsertPos = 0; 2618 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2619 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2620 2621 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2622 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2623 QualType Canonical; 2624 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2625 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2626 2627 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2628 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2629 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2630 } 2631 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2632 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2633 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2634 Types.push_back(New); 2635 return QualType(New, 0); 2636} 2637 2638/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2639/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2640QualType 2641ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2642 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2643 2644 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2645 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2646 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2647 VectorType::GenericVector); 2648 void *InsertPos = 0; 2649 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2650 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2651 2652 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2653 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2654 QualType Canonical; 2655 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2656 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2657 2658 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2659 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2660 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2661 } 2662 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2663 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2664 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2665 Types.push_back(New); 2666 return QualType(New, 0); 2667} 2668 2669QualType 2670ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2671 Expr *SizeExpr, 2672 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2674 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2675 SizeExpr); 2676 2677 void *InsertPos = 0; 2678 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2679 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2680 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2681 if (Canon) { 2682 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2683 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2686 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2687 } else { 2688 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2689 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2690 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2691 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2692 AttrLoc); 2693 2694 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2695 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2696 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2697 (void)CanonCheck; 2698 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2699 } else { 2700 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2701 SourceLocation()); 2702 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2703 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2704 } 2705 } 2706 2707 Types.push_back(New); 2708 return QualType(New, 0); 2709} 2710 2711/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2712/// 2713QualType 2714ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2715 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2716 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2717 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2718 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2719 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2720 // structure. 2721 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2722 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2723 2724 void *InsertPos = 0; 2725 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2726 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2727 return QualType(FT, 0); 2728 2729 QualType Canonical; 2730 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2731 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2732 Canonical = 2733 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2734 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2735 2736 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2737 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2738 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2739 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2740 } 2741 2742 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2743 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2744 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2745 Types.push_back(New); 2746 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2747 return QualType(New, 0); 2748} 2749 2750/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2751static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2752 return T.isCanonical() && 2753 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2754 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2755} 2756 2757/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2758/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2759QualType 2760ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2761 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2762 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2763 2764 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2765 // structure. 2766 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2767 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2768 *this); 2769 2770 void *InsertPos = 0; 2771 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2772 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2773 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2774 2775 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2776 bool isCanonical = 2777 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2778 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2779 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2780 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2781 isCanonical = false; 2782 2783 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2784 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2785 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2786 2787 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2788 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2789 QualType Canonical; 2790 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2791 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2792 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2793 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2794 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2795 2796 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2797 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2798 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2799 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2800 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2801 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2802 2803 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2804 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2805 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2806 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2807 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2808 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2809 } 2810 2811 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2812 2813 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2814 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2815 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2816 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2817 } 2818 2819 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2820 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2821 // - parameter types 2822 // - exception types 2823 // - consumed-arguments flags 2824 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2825 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2826 // specification. 2827 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2828 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2829 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2830 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2831 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2832 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2833 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2834 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2835 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2836 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2837 } 2838 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2839 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2840 2841 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2842 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2843 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2844 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2845 Types.push_back(FTP); 2846 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2847 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2848} 2849 2850#ifndef NDEBUG 2851static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2852 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2853 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2854 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2855 return true; 2856 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2857 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2858 return true; 2859 return false; 2860} 2861#endif 2862 2863/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2864/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2865QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2866 QualType TST) const { 2867 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2868 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2869 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2870 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2871 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2872 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2873 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2874 } else { 2875 Type *newType = 2876 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2877 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2878 Types.push_back(newType); 2879 } 2880 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2881} 2882 2883/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2884/// specified type declaration. 2885QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2886 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2887 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2888 2889 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2890 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2891 2892 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2893 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2894 2895 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2896 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2897 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2898 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2899 return getRecordType(Record); 2900 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2901 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2902 "enum has previous declaration"); 2903 return getEnumType(Enum); 2904 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2905 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2906 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2907 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2908 Types.push_back(newType); 2909 } else 2910 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2911 2912 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2913} 2914 2915/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2916/// specified typedef name decl. 2917QualType 2918ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2919 QualType Canonical) const { 2920 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2921 2922 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2923 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2924 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2925 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2926 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2927 Types.push_back(newType); 2928 return QualType(newType, 0); 2929} 2930 2931QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2932 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2933 2934 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2935 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2936 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2937 2938 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2939 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2940 Types.push_back(newType); 2941 return QualType(newType, 0); 2942} 2943 2944QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2945 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2946 2947 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2948 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2949 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2950 2951 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2952 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2953 Types.push_back(newType); 2954 return QualType(newType, 0); 2955} 2956 2957QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2958 QualType modifiedType, 2959 QualType equivalentType) { 2960 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2961 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2962 2963 void *insertPos = 0; 2964 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2965 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2966 2967 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2968 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2969 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2970 2971 Types.push_back(type); 2972 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2973 2974 return QualType(type, 0); 2975} 2976 2977 2978/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2979QualType 2980ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2981 QualType Replacement) const { 2982 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2983 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2984 2985 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2986 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2987 void *InsertPos = 0; 2988 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2989 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2990 2991 if (!SubstParm) { 2992 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2993 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2994 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2995 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2996 } 2997 2998 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2999} 3000 3001/// \brief Retrieve a 3002QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 3003 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 3004 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 3005#ifndef NDEBUG 3006 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 3007 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 3008 P != PEnd; ++P) { 3009 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 3010 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 3011 } 3012#endif 3013 3014 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3015 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 3016 void *InsertPos = 0; 3017 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3018 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3019 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3020 3021 QualType Canon; 3022 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 3023 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 3024 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 3025 ArgPack); 3026 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3027 } 3028 3029 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 3030 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 3031 ArgPack); 3032 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 3033 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 3034 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 3035} 3036 3037/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 3038/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 3039/// name. 3040QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 3041 bool ParameterPack, 3042 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 3043 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3044 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 3045 void *InsertPos = 0; 3046 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 3047 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3048 3049 if (TypeParm) 3050 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3051 3052 if (TTPDecl) { 3053 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3054 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 3055 3056 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 3057 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3058 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 3059 (void)TypeCheck; 3060 } else 3061 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 3062 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 3063 3064 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 3065 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 3066 3067 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 3068} 3069 3070TypeSourceInfo * 3071ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 3072 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3073 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3074 QualType Underlying) const { 3075 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3076 "No dependent template names here!"); 3077 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 3078 3079 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 3080 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 3081 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 3082 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 3083 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 3084 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 3085 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 3086 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 3087 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 3088 return DI; 3089} 3090 3091QualType 3092ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3093 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 3094 QualType Underlying) const { 3095 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3096 "No dependent template names here!"); 3097 3098 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 3099 3100 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 3101 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 3102 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 3103 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 3104 3105 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 3106 Underlying); 3107} 3108 3109#ifndef NDEBUG 3110static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3111 unsigned NumArgs) { 3112 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3113 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3114 return true; 3115 3116 return true; 3117} 3118#endif 3119 3120QualType 3121ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3122 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3123 unsigned NumArgs, 3124 QualType Underlying) const { 3125 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3126 "No dependent template names here!"); 3127 // Look through qualified template names. 3128 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3129 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3130 3131 bool IsTypeAlias = 3132 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3133 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3134 QualType CanonType; 3135 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3136 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3137 else { 3138 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3139 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3140 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3141 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3142 IsTypeAlias = false; 3143 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3144 NumArgs); 3145 } 3146 3147 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3148 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3149 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3150 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3151 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3152 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3153 TypeAlignment); 3154 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3155 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3156 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3157 3158 Types.push_back(Spec); 3159 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3160} 3161 3162QualType 3163ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3164 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3165 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3166 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3167 "No dependent template names here!"); 3168 3169 // Look through qualified template names. 3170 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3171 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3172 3173 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3174 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3175 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3176 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3177 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3178 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3179 3180 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3181 // exists. 3182 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3183 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3184 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3185 3186 void *InsertPos = 0; 3187 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3188 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3189 3190 if (!Spec) { 3191 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3192 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3193 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3194 TypeAlignment); 3195 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3196 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3197 QualType(), QualType()); 3198 Types.push_back(Spec); 3199 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3200 } 3201 3202 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3203 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3204 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3205} 3206 3207QualType 3208ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3209 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3210 QualType NamedType) const { 3211 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3212 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3213 3214 void *InsertPos = 0; 3215 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3216 if (T) 3217 return QualType(T, 0); 3218 3219 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3220 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3221 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3222 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3223 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3224 (void)CheckT; 3225 } 3226 3227 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3228 Types.push_back(T); 3229 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3230 return QualType(T, 0); 3231} 3232 3233QualType 3234ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3235 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3236 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3237 3238 void *InsertPos = 0; 3239 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3240 if (T) 3241 return QualType(T, 0); 3242 3243 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3244 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3245 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3246 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3247 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3248 (void)CheckT; 3249 } 3250 3251 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3252 Types.push_back(T); 3253 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3254 return QualType(T, 0); 3255} 3256 3257QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3258 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3259 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3260 QualType Canon) const { 3261 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3262 3263 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3264 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3265 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3266 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3267 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3268 3269 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3270 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3271 } 3272 3273 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3274 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3275 3276 void *InsertPos = 0; 3277 DependentNameType *T 3278 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3279 if (T) 3280 return QualType(T, 0); 3281 3282 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3283 Types.push_back(T); 3284 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3285 return QualType(T, 0); 3286} 3287 3288QualType 3289ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3290 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3291 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3292 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3293 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3294 // TODO: avoid this copy 3295 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3296 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3297 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3298 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3299 ArgCopy.size(), 3300 ArgCopy.data()); 3301} 3302 3303QualType 3304ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3305 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3306 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3307 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3308 unsigned NumArgs, 3309 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3310 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3311 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3312 3313 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3314 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3315 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3316 3317 void *InsertPos = 0; 3318 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3319 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3320 if (T) 3321 return QualType(T, 0); 3322 3323 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3324 3325 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3326 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3327 3328 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3329 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3330 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3331 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3332 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3333 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3334 } 3335 3336 QualType Canon; 3337 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3338 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3339 Name, NumArgs, 3340 CanonArgs.data()); 3341 3342 // Find the insert position again. 3343 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3344 } 3345 3346 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3347 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3348 TypeAlignment); 3349 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3350 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3351 Types.push_back(T); 3352 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3353 return QualType(T, 0); 3354} 3355 3356QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3357 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3358 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3359 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3360 3361 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3362 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3363 void *InsertPos = 0; 3364 PackExpansionType *T 3365 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3366 if (T) 3367 return QualType(T, 0); 3368 3369 QualType Canon; 3370 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3371 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3372 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3373 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3374 // parameters. 3375 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3376 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3377 3378 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3379 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3380 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3381 } 3382 } 3383 3384 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3385 Types.push_back(T); 3386 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3387 return QualType(T, 0); 3388} 3389 3390/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3391/// alphabetically. 3392static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3393 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3394 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3395} 3396 3397static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3398 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3399 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3400 3401 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3402 return false; 3403 3404 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3405 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3406 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3407 return false; 3408 return true; 3409} 3410 3411static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3412 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3413 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3414 3415 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3416 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3417 3418 // Canonicalize. 3419 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3420 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3421 3422 // Remove duplicates. 3423 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3424 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3425} 3426 3427QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3428 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3429 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3430 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3431 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3432 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3433 return BaseType; 3434 3435 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3436 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3437 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3438 void *InsertPos = 0; 3439 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3440 return QualType(QT, 0); 3441 3442 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3443 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3444 QualType Canonical; 3445 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3446 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3447 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3448 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3449 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3450 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3451 3452 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3453 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3454 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3455 } else { 3456 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3457 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3458 } 3459 3460 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3461 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3462 } 3463 3464 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3465 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3466 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3467 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3468 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3469 3470 Types.push_back(T); 3471 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3472 return QualType(T, 0); 3473} 3474 3475/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3476/// the given object type. 3477QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3478 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3479 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3480 3481 void *InsertPos = 0; 3482 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3483 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3484 return QualType(QT, 0); 3485 3486 // Find the canonical object type. 3487 QualType Canonical; 3488 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3489 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3490 3491 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3492 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3493 } 3494 3495 // No match. 3496 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3497 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3498 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3499 3500 Types.push_back(QType); 3501 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3502 return QualType(QType, 0); 3503} 3504 3505/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3506/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3507QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3508 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3509 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3510 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3511 3512 if (PrevDecl) { 3513 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3514 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3515 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3516 } 3517 3518 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3519 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3520 Decl = Def; 3521 3522 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3523 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3524 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3525 Types.push_back(T); 3526 return QualType(T, 0); 3527} 3528 3529/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3530/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3531/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3532/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3533/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3534QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3535 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3536 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3537 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3538 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3539 3540 void *InsertPos = 0; 3541 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3542 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3543 if (Canon) { 3544 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3545 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3546 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3547 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3548 } else { 3549 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3550 Canon 3551 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3552 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3553 toe = Canon; 3554 } 3555 } else { 3556 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3557 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3558 } 3559 Types.push_back(toe); 3560 return QualType(toe, 0); 3561} 3562 3563/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3564/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3565/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3566/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3567/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3568QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3569 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3570 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3571 Types.push_back(tot); 3572 return QualType(tot, 0); 3573} 3574 3575 3576/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3577/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3578/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3579/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3580/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3581QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3582 DecltypeType *dt; 3583 3584 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3585 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3586 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3587 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3588 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3589 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3590 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3591 3592 void *InsertPos = 0; 3593 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3594 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3595 if (Canon) { 3596 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3597 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3598 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3599 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3600 } else { 3601 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3602 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3603 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3604 dt = Canon; 3605 } 3606 } else { 3607 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3608 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3609 } 3610 Types.push_back(dt); 3611 return QualType(dt, 0); 3612} 3613 3614/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3615/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3616QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3617 QualType UnderlyingType, 3618 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3619 const { 3620 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3621 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3622 Kind, 3623 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3624 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3625 Types.push_back(Ty); 3626 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3627} 3628 3629/// getAutoType - Return the uniqued reference to the 'auto' type which has been 3630/// deduced to the given type, or to the canonical undeduced 'auto' type, or the 3631/// canonical deduced-but-dependent 'auto' type. 3632QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType, bool IsDecltypeAuto, 3633 bool IsDependent) const { 3634 if (DeducedType.isNull() && !IsDecltypeAuto && !IsDependent) 3635 return getAutoDeductType(); 3636 3637 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3638 void *InsertPos = 0; 3639 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3640 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType, IsDecltypeAuto, IsDependent); 3641 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3642 return QualType(AT, 0); 3643 3644 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType, 3645 IsDecltypeAuto, 3646 IsDependent); 3647 Types.push_back(AT); 3648 if (InsertPos) 3649 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3650 return QualType(AT, 0); 3651} 3652 3653/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3654/// the given value type. 3655QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3656 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3657 // structure. 3658 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3659 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3660 3661 void *InsertPos = 0; 3662 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3663 return QualType(AT, 0); 3664 3665 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3666 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3667 QualType Canonical; 3668 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3669 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3670 3671 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3672 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3673 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3674 } 3675 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3676 Types.push_back(New); 3677 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3678 return QualType(New, 0); 3679} 3680 3681/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3682QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3683 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3684 AutoDeductTy = QualType( 3685 new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(QualType(), /*decltype(auto)*/false, 3686 /*dependent*/false), 3687 0); 3688 return AutoDeductTy; 3689} 3690 3691/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3692QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3693 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3694 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3695 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3696 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3697} 3698 3699/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3700/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3701QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3702 assert (Decl); 3703 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3704 // away const? mutable? 3705 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3706} 3707 3708/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3709/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3710/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3711CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3712 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3713} 3714 3715/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3716CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3717 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3718} 3719 3720/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3721CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3722 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3723} 3724 3725/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3726/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3727QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3728 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3729 return WCharTy; 3730} 3731 3732/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3733/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3734QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3735 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3736 return UnsignedIntTy; 3737} 3738 3739QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3740 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3741} 3742 3743QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3744 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3745} 3746 3747/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3748/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3749QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3750 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3751} 3752 3753/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3754/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3755QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3756 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3757} 3758 3759//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3760// Type Operators 3761//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3762 3763CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3764 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3765 // qualifiers. 3766 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3767 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3768 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3769 QualType Result; 3770 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3771 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3772 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3773 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3774 } else { 3775 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3776 } 3777 3778 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3779} 3780 3781QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3782 Qualifiers &quals) { 3783 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3784 3785 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3786 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3787 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3788 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3789 const ArrayType *AT = 3790 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3791 3792 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3793 if (!AT) { 3794 quals = splitType.Quals; 3795 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3796 } 3797 3798 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3799 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3800 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3801 3802 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3803 // can just use the results in splitType. 3804 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3805 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3806 quals = splitType.Quals; 3807 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3808 } 3809 3810 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3811 // build the type back up. 3812 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3813 3814 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3815 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3816 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3817 } 3818 3819 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3820 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3821 } 3822 3823 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3824 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3825 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3826 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3827 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3828 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3829 } 3830 3831 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3832 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3833 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3834 SourceRange()); 3835} 3836 3837/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3838/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3839/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3840/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3841/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3842/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3843/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3844/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3845bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3846 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3847 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3848 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3849 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3850 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3851 return true; 3852 } 3853 3854 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3855 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3856 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3857 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3858 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3859 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3860 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3861 return true; 3862 } 3863 3864 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3865 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3866 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3867 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3868 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3869 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3870 return true; 3871 } 3872 } 3873 3874 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3875 3876 return false; 3877} 3878 3879DeclarationNameInfo 3880ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3881 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3882 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3883 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3884 case TemplateName::Template: 3885 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3886 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3887 NameLoc); 3888 3889 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3890 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3891 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3892 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3893 } 3894 3895 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3896 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3897 DeclarationName DName; 3898 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3899 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3900 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3901 } else { 3902 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3903 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3904 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3905 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3906 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3907 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3908 } 3909 } 3910 3911 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3912 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3913 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3914 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3915 NameLoc); 3916 } 3917 3918 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3919 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3920 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3921 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3922 NameLoc); 3923 } 3924 } 3925 3926 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3927} 3928 3929TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3930 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3931 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3932 case TemplateName::Template: { 3933 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3934 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3935 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3936 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3937 3938 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3939 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3940 } 3941 3942 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3943 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3944 3945 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3946 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3947 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3948 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3949 } 3950 3951 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3952 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3953 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3954 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3955 } 3956 3957 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3958 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3959 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3960 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3961 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3962 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3963 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3964 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3965 } 3966 } 3967 3968 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3969} 3970 3971bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3972 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3973 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3974 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3975} 3976 3977TemplateArgument 3978ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3979 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3980 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3981 return Arg; 3982 3983 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3984 return Arg; 3985 3986 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3987 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3988 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3989 } 3990 3991 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3992 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3993 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3994 3995 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3996 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3997 3998 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3999 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 4000 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 4001 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 4002 4003 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 4004 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 4005 4006 case TemplateArgument::Type: 4007 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 4008 4009 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 4010 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 4011 return Arg; 4012 4013 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 4014 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 4015 unsigned Idx = 0; 4016 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 4017 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 4018 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 4019 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 4020 4021 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 4022 } 4023 } 4024 4025 // Silence GCC warning 4026 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 4027} 4028 4029NestedNameSpecifier * 4030ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 4031 if (!NNS) 4032 return 0; 4033 4034 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 4035 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 4036 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 4037 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 4038 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 4039 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 4040 4041 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 4042 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4043 // this namespace and no prefix. 4044 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4045 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 4046 4047 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 4048 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 4049 // this namespace and no prefix. 4050 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 4051 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 4052 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 4053 4054 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 4055 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 4056 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 4057 4058 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 4059 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 4060 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 4061 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 4062 // types, e.g., 4063 // typedef typename T::type T1; 4064 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 4065 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 4066 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 4067 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 4068 4069 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 4070 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 4071 // first place? 4072 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 4073 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 4074 } 4075 4076 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 4077 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 4078 return NNS; 4079 } 4080 4081 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 4082} 4083 4084 4085const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 4086 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 4087 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 4088 // Handle the common positive case fast. 4089 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 4090 return AT; 4091 } 4092 4093 // Handle the common negative case fast. 4094 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 4095 return 0; 4096 4097 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 4098 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 4099 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 4100 4101 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 4102 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 4103 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 4104 4105 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4106 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 4107 4108 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 4109 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 4110 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 4111 return ATy; 4112 4113 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 4114 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 4115 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 4116 4117 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 4118 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4119 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4120 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4121 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4122 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4123 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4124 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4125 4126 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4127 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4128 return cast<ArrayType>( 4129 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4130 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4131 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4132 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4133 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4134 4135 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4136 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4137 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4138 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4139 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4140 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4141} 4142 4143QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4144 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4145 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4146 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4147 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4148 // the array type derivation. 4149 if (T->isArrayType()) 4150 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4151 4152 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4153 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4154 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4155 // in 6.3.2.1. 4156 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4157 return getPointerType(T); 4158 4159 return T; 4160} 4161 4162QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4163 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4164 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4165 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4166} 4167 4168/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4169/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4170/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4171/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4172/// 4173/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4174QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4175 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4176 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4177 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4178 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4179 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4180 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4181 4182 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4183 4184 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4185 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4186} 4187 4188QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4189 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4190} 4191 4192QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4193 Qualifiers qs; 4194 while (true) { 4195 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4196 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4197 if (!array) break; 4198 4199 type = array->getElementType(); 4200 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4201 } 4202 4203 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4204} 4205 4206/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4207uint64_t 4208ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4209 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4210 do { 4211 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4212 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4213 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4214 } while (CA); 4215 return ElementCount; 4216} 4217 4218/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4219/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4220static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4221 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4222 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4223 4224 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4225 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4226 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4227 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4228 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4229 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4230 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4231 } 4232} 4233 4234/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4235/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4236/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4237/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4238QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4239 QualType Domain) const { 4240 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4241 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4242 switch (EltRank) { 4243 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4244 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4245 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4246 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4247 } 4248 } 4249 4250 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4251 switch (EltRank) { 4252 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4253 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4254 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4255 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4256 } 4257 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4258} 4259 4260/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4261/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4262/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4263/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4264int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4265 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4266 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4267 4268 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4269 return 0; 4270 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4271 return 1; 4272 return -1; 4273} 4274 4275/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4276/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4277/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4278unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4279 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4280 4281 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4282 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4283 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4284 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4285 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4286 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4287 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4288 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4289 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4290 case BuiltinType::Short: 4291 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4292 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4293 case BuiltinType::Int: 4294 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4295 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4296 case BuiltinType::Long: 4297 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4298 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4299 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4300 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4301 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4302 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4303 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4304 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4305 } 4306} 4307 4308/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4309/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4310/// 4311/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4312/// promotion occurs. 4313QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4314 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4315 return QualType(); 4316 4317 FieldDecl *Field = E->getSourceBitField(); // FIXME: conditional bit-fields? 4318 if (!Field) 4319 return QualType(); 4320 4321 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4322 4323 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4324 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4325 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4326 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4327 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4328 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4329 return IntTy; 4330 4331 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4332 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4333 4334 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4335 // like the base type. 4336 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4337 // is ridiculous. 4338 return QualType(); 4339} 4340 4341/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4342/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4343/// integer type. 4344QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4345 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4346 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4347 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4348 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4349 4350 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4351 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4352 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4353 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4354 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4355 // unsigned long long int [...] 4356 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4357 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4358 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4359 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4360 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4361 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4362 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4363 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4364 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4365 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4366 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4367 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4368 (FromSize == ToSize && 4369 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4370 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4371 } 4372 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4373 } 4374 } 4375 4376 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4377 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4378 return IntTy; 4379 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4380 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4381 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4382 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4383} 4384 4385/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4386/// type and returns its ownership. 4387Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4388 while (!T.isNull()) { 4389 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4390 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4391 if (T->isArrayType()) 4392 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4393 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4394 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4395 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4396 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4397 else 4398 break; 4399 } 4400 4401 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4402} 4403 4404/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4405/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4406/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4407int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4408 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4409 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4410 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4411 4412 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4413 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4414 4415 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4416 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4417 4418 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4419 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4420 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4421 } 4422 4423 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4424 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4425 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4426 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4427 return 1; 4428 4429 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4430 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4431 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4432 return -1; 4433 } 4434 4435 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4436 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4437 return -1; 4438 4439 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4440 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4441 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4442 return 1; 4443} 4444 4445static RecordDecl * 4446CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4447 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4448 SourceLocation Loc; 4449 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4450 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4451 else 4452 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4453} 4454 4455// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4456QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4457 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4458 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4459 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4460 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4461 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4462 4463 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4464 4465 // const int *isa; 4466 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4467 // int flags; 4468 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4469 // const char *str; 4470 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4471 // long length; 4472 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4473 4474 // Create fields 4475 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4476 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4477 SourceLocation(), 4478 SourceLocation(), 0, 4479 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4480 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4481 /*Mutable=*/false, 4482 ICIS_NoInit); 4483 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4484 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4485 } 4486 4487 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4488 } 4489 4490 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4491} 4492 4493QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4494 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4495 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4496 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4497 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4498 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4499 } 4500 return ObjCSuperType; 4501} 4502 4503void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4504 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4505 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4506 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4507} 4508 4509QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4510 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4511 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4512 4513 RecordDecl *T; 4514 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4515 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4516 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4517 T->startDefinition(); 4518 4519 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4520 UnsignedLongTy, 4521 UnsignedLongTy, 4522 }; 4523 4524 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4525 "reserved", 4526 "Size" 4527 }; 4528 4529 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4530 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4531 SourceLocation(), 4532 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4533 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4534 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4535 /*Mutable=*/false, 4536 ICIS_NoInit); 4537 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4538 T->addDecl(Field); 4539 } 4540 4541 T->completeDefinition(); 4542 4543 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4544 4545 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4546} 4547 4548QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4549 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4550 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4551 4552 RecordDecl *T; 4553 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4554 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4555 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4556 T->startDefinition(); 4557 4558 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4559 UnsignedLongTy, 4560 UnsignedLongTy, 4561 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4562 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4563 }; 4564 4565 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4566 "reserved", 4567 "Size", 4568 "CopyFuncPtr", 4569 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4570 }; 4571 4572 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4573 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4574 SourceLocation(), 4575 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4576 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4577 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4578 /*Mutable=*/false, 4579 ICIS_NoInit); 4580 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4581 T->addDecl(Field); 4582 } 4583 4584 T->completeDefinition(); 4585 4586 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4587 4588 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4589} 4590 4591/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4592/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4593/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4594bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4595 const VarDecl *D) { 4596 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4597 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4598 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4599 4600 return true; 4601 } 4602 4603 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4604 4605 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4606 4607 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4608 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4609 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4610 4611 switch (lifetime) { 4612 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4613 4614 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4615 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4616 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4617 return false; 4618 4619 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4620 // byref routines. 4621 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4622 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4623 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4624 return true; 4625 } 4626 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4627 } 4628 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4629 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4630} 4631 4632bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4633 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4634 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4635 4636 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4637 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4638 return false; 4639 4640 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4641 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4642 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4643 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4644 } 4645 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4646 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4647 // MRR. 4648 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4649 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4650 else 4651 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4652 return true; 4653} 4654 4655TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4656 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4657 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4658 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4659 SourceLocation(), 4660 SourceLocation(), 4661 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4662 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4663 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4664} 4665 4666// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4667// typedef <type> BOOL; 4668static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4669 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4670 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4671 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4672 4673 return false; 4674} 4675 4676/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4677/// purpose. 4678CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4679 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4680 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4681 4682 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4683 4684 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4685 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4686 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4687 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4688 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4689 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4690 return sz; 4691} 4692 4693static inline 4694std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4695 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4696} 4697 4698/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4699/// declaration. 4700std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4701 std::string S; 4702 4703 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4704 QualType BlockTy = 4705 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4706 // Encode result type. 4707 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4708 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4709 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4710 S, true /*Extended*/); 4711 else 4712 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4713 S); 4714 // Compute size of all parameters. 4715 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4716 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4717 SourceLocation Loc; 4718 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4719 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4720 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4721 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4722 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4723 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4724 if (sz.isZero()) 4725 continue; 4726 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4727 ParmOffset += sz; 4728 } 4729 // Size of the argument frame 4730 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4731 // Block pointer and offset. 4732 S += "@?0"; 4733 4734 // Argument types. 4735 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4736 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4737 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4738 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4739 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4740 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4741 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4742 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4743 // elements. 4744 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4745 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4746 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4747 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4748 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4749 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4750 S, true /*Extended*/); 4751 else 4752 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4753 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4754 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4755 } 4756 4757 return S; 4758} 4759 4760bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4761 std::string& S) { 4762 // Encode result type. 4763 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4764 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4765 // Compute size of all parameters. 4766 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4767 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4768 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4769 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4770 if (sz.isZero()) 4771 continue; 4772 4773 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4774 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4775 ParmOffset += sz; 4776 } 4777 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4778 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4779 4780 // Argument types. 4781 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4782 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4783 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4784 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4785 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4786 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4787 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4788 // elements. 4789 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4790 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4791 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4792 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4793 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4794 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4795 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4796 } 4797 4798 return false; 4799} 4800 4801/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4802/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4803/// block object types. 4804void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4805 QualType T, std::string& S, 4806 bool Extended) const { 4807 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4808 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4809 // Encode parameter type. 4810 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4811 true /*OutermostType*/, 4812 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4813 false /*StructField*/, 4814 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4815 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4816} 4817 4818/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4819/// declaration. 4820bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4821 std::string& S, 4822 bool Extended) const { 4823 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4824 // Encode return type. 4825 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4826 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4827 // Compute size of all parameters. 4828 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4829 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4830 SourceLocation Loc; 4831 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4832 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4833 // their size. 4834 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4835 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4836 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4837 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4838 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4839 if (sz.isZero()) 4840 continue; 4841 4842 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4843 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4844 ParmOffset += sz; 4845 } 4846 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4847 S += "@0:"; 4848 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4849 4850 // Argument types. 4851 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4852 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4853 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4854 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4855 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4856 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4857 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4858 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4859 // elements. 4860 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4861 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4862 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4863 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4864 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4865 PType, S, Extended); 4866 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4867 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4868 } 4869 4870 return false; 4871} 4872 4873/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4874/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4875/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4876/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4877/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4878/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4879/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4880/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4881/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4882/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4883/// @code 4884/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4885/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4886/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4887/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4888/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4889/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4890/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4891/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4892/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4893/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4894/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4895/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4896/// }; 4897/// @endcode 4898void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4899 const Decl *Container, 4900 std::string& S) const { 4901 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4902 bool Dynamic = false; 4903 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4904 4905 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4906 if (Container) { 4907 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4908 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4909 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4910 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4911 i != e; ++i) { 4912 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4913 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4914 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4915 Dynamic = true; 4916 } else { 4917 SynthesizePID = PID; 4918 } 4919 } 4920 } 4921 } else { 4922 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4923 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4924 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4925 i != e; ++i) { 4926 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4927 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4928 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4929 Dynamic = true; 4930 } else { 4931 SynthesizePID = PID; 4932 } 4933 } 4934 } 4935 } 4936 } 4937 4938 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4939 S = "T"; 4940 4941 // Encode result type. 4942 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4943 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4944 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4945 true /* outermost type */, 4946 true /* encoding for property */); 4947 4948 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4949 S += ",R"; 4950 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_copy) 4951 S += ",C"; 4952 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_retain) 4953 S += ",&"; 4954 } else { 4955 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4956 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4957 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4958 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4959 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4960 } 4961 } 4962 4963 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4964 // are "dynamic by default". 4965 if (Dynamic) 4966 S += ",D"; 4967 4968 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4969 S += ",N"; 4970 4971 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4972 S += ",G"; 4973 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4974 } 4975 4976 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4977 S += ",S"; 4978 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4979 } 4980 4981 if (SynthesizePID) { 4982 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4983 S += ",V"; 4984 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4985 } 4986 4987 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4988} 4989 4990/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4991/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4992/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4993/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4994/// 4995void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4996 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4997 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4998 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4999 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 5000 else 5001 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 5002 PointeeTy = IntTy; 5003 } 5004 } 5005} 5006 5007void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 5008 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 5009 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 5010 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 5011 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 5012 // same type. 5013 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 5014 true /* outermost type */); 5015} 5016 5017static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 5018 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 5019 switch (kind) { 5020 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 5021 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 5022 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 5023 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 5024 case BuiltinType::Char16: 5025 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 5026 case BuiltinType::Char32: 5027 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 5028 case BuiltinType::ULong: 5029 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 5030 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 5031 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 5032 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 5033 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 5034 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 5035 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 5036 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 5037 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 5038 case BuiltinType::Long: 5039 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 5040 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 5041 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 5042 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 5043 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 5044 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 5045 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 5046 5047 case BuiltinType::Half: 5048 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 5049 return ' '; 5050 5051 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 5052 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 5053 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 5054 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 5055 5056 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 5057 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 5058 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 5059 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 5060 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 5061 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 5062 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 5063 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 5064 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 5065 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 5066#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 5067#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 5068 case BuiltinType::KIND: 5069#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 5070 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 5071 } 5072 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 5073} 5074 5075static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 5076 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 5077 5078 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 5079 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 5080 return 'i'; 5081 5082 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 5083 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5084 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 5085} 5086 5087static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 5088 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 5089 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 5090 S += 'b'; 5091 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 5092 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 5093 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 5094 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 5095 // 5096 // struct 5097 // { 5098 // int integer; 5099 // int flags:2; 5100 // }; 5101 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 5102 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 5103 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 5104 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 5105 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 5106 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 5107 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 5108 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 5109 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 5110 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 5111 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 5112 else { 5113 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 5114 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 5115 } 5116 } 5117 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 5118} 5119 5120// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 5121void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 5122 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5123 bool ExpandStructures, 5124 const FieldDecl *FD, 5125 bool OutermostType, 5126 bool EncodingProperty, 5127 bool StructField, 5128 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5129 bool EncodeClassNames, 5130 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5131 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5132 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5133 case Type::Builtin: 5134 case Type::Enum: 5135 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5136 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5137 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5138 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5139 else 5140 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5141 return; 5142 5143 case Type::Complex: { 5144 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5145 S += 'j'; 5146 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5147 false); 5148 return; 5149 } 5150 5151 case Type::Atomic: { 5152 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5153 S += 'A'; 5154 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5155 false, false); 5156 return; 5157 } 5158 5159 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5160 case Type::Pointer: 5161 case Type::LValueReference: 5162 case Type::RValueReference: { 5163 QualType PointeeTy; 5164 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5165 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5166 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5167 S += ':'; 5168 return; 5169 } 5170 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5171 } else { 5172 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5173 } 5174 5175 bool isReadOnly = false; 5176 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5177 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5178 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5179 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5180 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5181 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5182 isReadOnly = true; 5183 S += 'r'; 5184 } 5185 } else if (OutermostType) { 5186 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5187 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5188 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5189 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5190 isReadOnly = true; 5191 S += 'r'; 5192 } 5193 } 5194 if (isReadOnly) { 5195 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5196 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5197 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5198 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5199 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5200 } 5201 5202 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5203 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5204 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5205 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5206 S += '*'; 5207 return; 5208 } 5209 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5210 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5211 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5212 S += '#'; 5213 return; 5214 } 5215 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5216 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5217 S += '@'; 5218 return; 5219 } 5220 // fall through... 5221 } 5222 S += '^'; 5223 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5224 5225 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5226 NULL); 5227 return; 5228 } 5229 5230 case Type::ConstantArray: 5231 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5232 case Type::VariableArray: { 5233 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5234 5235 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5236 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5237 S += '^'; 5238 5239 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5240 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5241 } else { 5242 S += '['; 5243 5244 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5245 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5246 S += '0'; 5247 else 5248 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5249 } else { 5250 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5251 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5252 "Unknown array type!"); 5253 S += '0'; 5254 } 5255 5256 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5257 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5258 S += ']'; 5259 } 5260 return; 5261 } 5262 5263 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5264 case Type::FunctionProto: 5265 S += '?'; 5266 return; 5267 5268 case Type::Record: { 5269 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5270 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5271 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5272 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5273 S += II->getName(); 5274 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5275 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5276 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5277 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5278 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5279 TemplateArgs.data(), 5280 TemplateArgs.size(), 5281 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5282 } 5283 } else { 5284 S += '?'; 5285 } 5286 if (ExpandStructures) { 5287 S += '='; 5288 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5289 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5290 } else { 5291 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5292 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5293 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5294 if (FD) { 5295 S += '"'; 5296 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5297 S += '"'; 5298 } 5299 5300 // Special case bit-fields. 5301 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5302 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5303 *Field); 5304 } else { 5305 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5306 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5307 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5308 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5309 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5310 /*StructField*/true); 5311 } 5312 } 5313 } 5314 } 5315 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5316 return; 5317 } 5318 5319 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5320 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5321 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5322 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5323 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5324 5325 S += '<'; 5326 // Block return type 5327 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5328 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5329 FD, 5330 false /* OutermostType */, 5331 EncodingProperty, 5332 false /* StructField */, 5333 EncodeBlockParameters, 5334 EncodeClassNames); 5335 // Block self 5336 S += "@?"; 5337 // Block parameters 5338 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5339 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5340 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5341 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5342 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5343 ExpandStructures, 5344 FD, 5345 false /* OutermostType */, 5346 EncodingProperty, 5347 false /* StructField */, 5348 EncodeBlockParameters, 5349 EncodeClassNames); 5350 } 5351 } 5352 S += '>'; 5353 } 5354 return; 5355 } 5356 5357 case Type::ObjCObject: 5358 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5359 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5360 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5361 5362 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5363 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5364 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5365 // @encode(class_name) 5366 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5367 S += '{'; 5368 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5369 S += II->getName(); 5370 S += '='; 5371 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5372 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5373 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5374 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5375 if (Field->isBitField()) 5376 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5377 else 5378 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5379 false, false, false, false, false, 5380 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5381 } 5382 S += '}'; 5383 return; 5384 } 5385 5386 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5387 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5388 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5389 S += '@'; 5390 return; 5391 } 5392 5393 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5394 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5395 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5396 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5397 S += '#'; 5398 return; 5399 } 5400 5401 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5402 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5403 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5404 ExpandStructures, FD); 5405 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5406 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5407 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5408 S += '"'; 5409 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5410 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5411 S += '<'; 5412 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5413 S += '>'; 5414 } 5415 S += '"'; 5416 } 5417 return; 5418 } 5419 5420 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5421 if (!EncodingProperty && 5422 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5423 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5424 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5425 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5426 // {...}; 5427 S += '^'; 5428 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5429 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5430 NULL, 5431 false, false, false, false, false, 5432 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5433 return; 5434 } 5435 5436 S += '@'; 5437 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5438 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5439 S += '"'; 5440 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5441 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5442 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5443 S += '<'; 5444 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5445 S += '>'; 5446 } 5447 S += '"'; 5448 } 5449 return; 5450 } 5451 5452 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5453 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5454 case Type::MemberPointer: 5455 return; 5456 5457 case Type::Vector: 5458 case Type::ExtVector: 5459 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5460 // insufficient. 5461 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5462 return; 5463 5464 case Type::Auto: 5465 // We could see an undeduced auto type here during error recovery. 5466 // Just ignore it. 5467 return; 5468 5469#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5470#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5471#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5472 case Type::KIND: 5473#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5474 case Type::KIND: 5475#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5476 case Type::KIND: 5477#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5478 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5479 } 5480 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5481} 5482 5483void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5484 std::string &S, 5485 const FieldDecl *FD, 5486 bool includeVBases) const { 5487 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5488 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5489 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5490 return; 5491 5492 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5493 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5494 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5495 5496 if (CXXRec) { 5497 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5498 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5499 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5500 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5501 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5502 if (base->isEmpty()) 5503 continue; 5504 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5505 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5506 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5507 } 5508 } 5509 } 5510 5511 unsigned i = 0; 5512 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5513 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5514 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5515 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5516 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5517 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5518 } 5519 5520 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5521 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5522 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5523 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5524 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5525 if (base->isEmpty()) 5526 continue; 5527 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5528 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5529 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5530 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5531 } 5532 } 5533 5534 CharUnits size; 5535 if (CXXRec) { 5536 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5537 } else { 5538 size = layout.getSize(); 5539 } 5540 5541 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5542 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5543 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5544 5545 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5546 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5547 if (FD) { 5548 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5549 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5550 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5551 S += recname; 5552 S += '"'; 5553 } 5554 S += "^^?"; 5555 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5556 } 5557 5558 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5559 // Mark the end of the structure. 5560 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5561 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5562 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5563 } 5564 5565 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5566 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5567 5568 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5569 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5570 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5571 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5572 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5573 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5574 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5575 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5576 // longer then though. 5577 CurOffs += padding; 5578 } 5579 5580 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5581 if (dcl == 0) 5582 break; // reached end of structure. 5583 5584 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5585 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5586 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5587 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5588 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5589 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5590 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5591 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5592 } else { 5593 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5594 if (FD) { 5595 S += '"'; 5596 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5597 S += '"'; 5598 } 5599 5600 if (field->isBitField()) { 5601 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5602 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5603 } else { 5604 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5605 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5606 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5607 /*OutermostType*/false, 5608 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5609 /*StructField*/true); 5610 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5611 } 5612 } 5613 } 5614} 5615 5616void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5617 std::string& S) const { 5618 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5619 S += 'n'; 5620 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5621 S += 'N'; 5622 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5623 S += 'o'; 5624 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5625 S += 'O'; 5626 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5627 S += 'R'; 5628 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5629 S += 'V'; 5630} 5631 5632TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5633 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5634 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5635 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5636 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5637 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5638 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5639 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5640 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5641 } 5642 5643 return ObjCIdDecl; 5644} 5645 5646TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5647 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5648 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5649 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5650 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5651 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5652 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5653 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5654 } 5655 return ObjCSelDecl; 5656} 5657 5658TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5659 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5660 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5661 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5662 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5663 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5664 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5665 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5666 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5667 } 5668 5669 return ObjCClassDecl; 5670} 5671 5672ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5673 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5674 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5675 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5676 SourceLocation(), 5677 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5678 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5679 SourceLocation(), true); 5680 } 5681 5682 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5683} 5684 5685//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5686// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5687//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5688 5689static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5690 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5691 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5692 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5693 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5694 5695 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5696 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5697 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5698 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5699 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5700 TInfo); 5701 return VaListTypeDecl; 5702} 5703 5704static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5705 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5706 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5707 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5708 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5709 5710 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5711 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5712 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5713 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5714 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5715 TInfo); 5716 return VaListTypeDecl; 5717} 5718 5719static TypedefDecl * 5720CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5721 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5722 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5723 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5724 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5725 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5726 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5727 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5728 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5729 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5730 5731 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5732 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5733 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5734 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5735 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5736 } else { 5737 // struct __va_list 5738 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5739 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5740 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5741 } 5742 5743 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5744 5745 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5746 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5747 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5748 5749 // void *__stack; 5750 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5751 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5752 5753 // void *__gr_top; 5754 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5755 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5756 5757 // void *__vr_top; 5758 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5759 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5760 5761 // int __gr_offs; 5762 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5763 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5764 5765 // int __vr_offs; 5766 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5767 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5768 5769 // Create fields 5770 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5771 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5772 VaListTagDecl, 5773 SourceLocation(), 5774 SourceLocation(), 5775 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5776 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5777 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5778 /*Mutable=*/false, 5779 ICIS_NoInit); 5780 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5781 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5782 } 5783 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5784 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5785 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5786 5787 // } __builtin_va_list; 5788 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5789 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5790 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5791 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5792 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5793 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5794 5795 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5796} 5797 5798static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5799 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5800 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5801 5802 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5803 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5804 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5805 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5806 5807 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5808 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5809 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5810 5811 // unsigned char gpr; 5812 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5813 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5814 5815 // unsigned char fpr; 5816 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5817 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5818 5819 // unsigned short reserved; 5820 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5821 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5822 5823 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5824 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5825 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5826 5827 // void* reg_save_area; 5828 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5829 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5830 5831 // Create fields 5832 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5833 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5834 SourceLocation(), 5835 SourceLocation(), 5836 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5837 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5838 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5839 /*Mutable=*/false, 5840 ICIS_NoInit); 5841 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5842 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5843 } 5844 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5845 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5846 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5847 5848 // } __va_list_tag; 5849 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5850 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5851 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5852 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5853 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5854 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5855 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5856 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5857 5858 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5859 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5860 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5861 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5862 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5864 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5865 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5866 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5867 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5868 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5869 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5870 TInfo); 5871 5872 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5873} 5874 5875static TypedefDecl * 5876CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5877 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5878 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5879 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5880 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5881 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5882 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5883 5884 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5885 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5886 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5887 5888 // unsigned gp_offset; 5889 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5890 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5891 5892 // unsigned fp_offset; 5893 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5894 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5895 5896 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5897 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5898 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5899 5900 // void* reg_save_area; 5901 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5902 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5903 5904 // Create fields 5905 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5906 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5907 VaListTagDecl, 5908 SourceLocation(), 5909 SourceLocation(), 5910 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5911 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5912 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5913 /*Mutable=*/false, 5914 ICIS_NoInit); 5915 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5916 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5917 } 5918 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5919 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5920 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5921 5922 // } __va_list_tag; 5923 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5924 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5925 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5926 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5927 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5928 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5929 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5930 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5931 5932 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5933 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5934 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5935 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5936 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5937 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5938 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5939 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5940 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5941 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5942 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5943 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5944 TInfo); 5945 5946 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5947} 5948 5949static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5950 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5951 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5952 QualType IntArrayType 5953 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5954 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5955 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5956 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5957 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5958 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5959 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5960 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5961 5962 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5963} 5964 5965static TypedefDecl * 5966CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5967 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5968 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5969 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5970 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5971 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5972 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5973 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5974 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5975 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5976 5977 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5978 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5979 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5980 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5981 5982 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5983 5984 } else { 5985 // struct __va_list { 5986 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5987 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5988 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5989 } 5990 5991 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5992 5993 // void * __ap; 5994 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5995 VaListDecl, 5996 SourceLocation(), 5997 SourceLocation(), 5998 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5999 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 6000 /*TInfo=*/0, 6001 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6002 /*Mutable=*/false, 6003 ICIS_NoInit); 6004 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6005 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 6006 6007 // }; 6008 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 6009 6010 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 6011 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6012 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 6013 6014 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 6015 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6016 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6017 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6018 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6019 TInfo); 6020 6021 return VaListTypeDecl; 6022} 6023 6024static TypedefDecl * 6025CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 6026 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 6027 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 6028 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 6029 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6030 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 6031 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 6032 6033 const size_t NumFields = 4; 6034 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 6035 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 6036 6037 // long __gpr; 6038 FieldTypes[0] = Context->LongTy; 6039 FieldNames[0] = "__gpr"; 6040 6041 // long __fpr; 6042 FieldTypes[1] = Context->LongTy; 6043 FieldNames[1] = "__fpr"; 6044 6045 // void *__overflow_arg_area; 6046 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6047 FieldNames[2] = "__overflow_arg_area"; 6048 6049 // void *__reg_save_area; 6050 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 6051 FieldNames[3] = "__reg_save_area"; 6052 6053 // Create fields 6054 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 6055 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6056 VaListTagDecl, 6057 SourceLocation(), 6058 SourceLocation(), 6059 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 6060 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 6061 /*BitWidth=*/0, 6062 /*Mutable=*/false, 6063 ICIS_NoInit); 6064 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 6065 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 6066 } 6067 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 6068 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 6069 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 6070 6071 // } __va_list_tag; 6072 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 6073 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6074 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6075 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6076 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 6077 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 6078 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 6079 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 6080 6081 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 6082 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 6083 QualType VaListTagArrayType 6084 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 6085 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 6086 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 6087 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 6088 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 6089 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 6090 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 6091 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 6092 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 6093 TInfo); 6094 6095 return VaListTypedefDecl; 6096} 6097 6098static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 6099 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 6100 switch (Kind) { 6101 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 6102 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6103 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 6104 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6105 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6106 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6107 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 6108 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6109 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 6110 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6111 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 6112 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6113 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 6114 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6115 case TargetInfo::SystemZBuiltinVaList: 6116 return CreateSystemZBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 6117 } 6118 6119 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 6120} 6121 6122TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 6123 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 6124 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 6125 6126 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 6127} 6128 6129QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 6130 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 6131 // declaration. 6132 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 6133 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 6134 6135 return VaListTagTy; 6136} 6137 6138void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 6139 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 6140 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 6141 6142 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 6143} 6144 6145/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 6146/// lookup. 6147TemplateName 6148ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 6149 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 6150 unsigned size = End - Begin; 6151 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 6152 6153 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 6154 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 6155 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 6156 6157 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 6158 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 6159 NamedDecl *D = *I; 6160 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 6161 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 6162 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 6163 *Storage++ = D; 6164 } 6165 6166 return TemplateName(OT); 6167} 6168 6169/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 6170/// template name such as \c std::vector. 6171TemplateName 6172ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6173 bool TemplateKeyword, 6174 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 6175 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 6176 6177 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 6178 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6179 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6180 6181 void *InsertPos = 0; 6182 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 6183 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6184 if (!QTN) { 6185 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 6186 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 6187 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6188 } 6189 6190 return TemplateName(QTN); 6191} 6192 6193/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6194/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 6195TemplateName 6196ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6197 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 6198 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6199 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6200 6201 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6202 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 6203 6204 void *InsertPos = 0; 6205 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6206 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6207 6208 if (QTN) 6209 return TemplateName(QTN); 6210 6211 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6212 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6213 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6214 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6215 } else { 6216 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6217 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6218 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6219 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6220 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6221 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6222 (void)CheckQTN; 6223 } 6224 6225 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6226 return TemplateName(QTN); 6227} 6228 6229/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6230/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6231TemplateName 6232ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6233 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6234 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6235 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6236 6237 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6238 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6239 6240 void *InsertPos = 0; 6241 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6242 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6243 6244 if (QTN) 6245 return TemplateName(QTN); 6246 6247 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6248 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6249 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6250 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6251 } else { 6252 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6253 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6254 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6255 6256 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6257 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6258 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6259 (void)CheckQTN; 6260 } 6261 6262 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6263 return TemplateName(QTN); 6264} 6265 6266TemplateName 6267ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6268 TemplateName replacement) const { 6269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6270 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6271 6272 void *insertPos = 0; 6273 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6274 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6275 6276 if (!subst) { 6277 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6278 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6279 } 6280 6281 return TemplateName(subst); 6282} 6283 6284TemplateName 6285ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6286 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6287 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6288 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6289 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6290 6291 void *InsertPos = 0; 6292 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6293 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6294 6295 if (!Subst) { 6296 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6297 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6298 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6299 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6300 } 6301 6302 return TemplateName(Subst); 6303} 6304 6305/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6306/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6307/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6308CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6309 switch (Type) { 6310 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6311 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6312 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6313 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6314 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6315 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6316 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6317 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6318 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6319 } 6320 6321 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6322} 6323 6324//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6325// Type Predicates. 6326//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6327 6328/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6329/// garbage collection attribute. 6330/// 6331Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6332 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6333 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6334 6335 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6336 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6337 6338 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6339 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6340 // as __strong. 6341 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6342 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6343 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6344 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6345 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6346 } else { 6347 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6348 // pointer. 6349#ifndef NDEBUG 6350 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6351 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6352 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6353 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6354#endif 6355 } 6356 return GCAttrs; 6357} 6358 6359//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6360// Type Compatibility Testing 6361//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6362 6363/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6364/// compatible. 6365static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6366 const VectorType *RHS) { 6367 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6368 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6369 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6370} 6371 6372bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6373 QualType SecondVec) { 6374 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6375 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6376 6377 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6378 return true; 6379 6380 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6381 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6382 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6383 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6384 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6385 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6386 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6387 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6388 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6389 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6390 return true; 6391 6392 return false; 6393} 6394 6395//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6396// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6397//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6398 6399/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6400/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6401bool 6402ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6403 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6404 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6405 return true; 6406 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6407 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6408 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6409 return true; 6410 return false; 6411} 6412 6413/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6414/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6415/// otherwise. 6416bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6417 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6418 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6419 return false; 6420} 6421 6422/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6423/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6424bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6425 QualType rhs) { 6426 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6427 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6428 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6429 6430 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6431 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6432 bool match = false; 6433 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6434 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6435 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6436 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6437 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6438 match = true; 6439 break; 6440 } 6441 } 6442 if (!match) 6443 return false; 6444 } 6445 return true; 6446} 6447 6448/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6449/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6450bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6451 bool compare) { 6452 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6453 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6454 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6455 return true; 6456 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6457 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6458 return true; 6459 6460 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6461 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6462 6463 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6464 6465 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6466 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6467 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6468 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6469 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6470 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6471 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6472 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6473 // through its super class and categories. 6474 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6475 return false; 6476 } 6477 } 6478 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6479 return true; 6480 } 6481 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6482 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6483 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6484 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6485 bool match = false; 6486 6487 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6488 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6489 // through its super class and categories. 6490 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6491 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6492 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6493 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6494 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6495 match = true; 6496 break; 6497 } 6498 } 6499 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6500 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6501 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6502 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6503 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6504 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6505 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6506 // through its super class and categories. 6507 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6508 match = true; 6509 break; 6510 } 6511 } 6512 } 6513 if (!match) 6514 return false; 6515 } 6516 6517 return true; 6518 } 6519 6520 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6521 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6522 6523 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6524 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6525 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6526 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6527 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6528 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6529 bool match = false; 6530 6531 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6532 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6533 // through its super class and categories. 6534 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6535 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6536 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6537 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6538 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6539 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6540 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6541 match = true; 6542 break; 6543 } 6544 } 6545 if (!match) 6546 return false; 6547 } 6548 6549 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6550 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6551 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6552 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6553 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6554 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6555 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6556 // assume that it is mismatch. 6557 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6558 return false; 6559 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6560 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6561 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6562 bool match = false; 6563 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6564 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6565 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6566 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6567 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6568 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6569 match = true; 6570 break; 6571 } 6572 } 6573 if (!match) 6574 return false; 6575 } 6576 } 6577 return true; 6578 } 6579 return false; 6580} 6581 6582/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6583/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6584/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6585/// 6586bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6587 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6588 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6589 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6590 6591 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6592 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6593 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6594 return true; 6595 6596 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6597 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6598 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6599 false); 6600 6601 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6602 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6603 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6604 6605 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6606 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6607 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6608 6609 return false; 6610} 6611 6612/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6613/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6614/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6615/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6616/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6617bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6618 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6619 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6620 bool BlockReturnType) { 6621 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6622 return true; 6623 6624 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6625 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6626 } 6627 6628 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6629 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6630 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6631 false); 6632 6633 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6634 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6635 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6636 if (LHS != RHS) { 6637 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6638 return BlockReturnType; 6639 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6640 return !BlockReturnType; 6641 } 6642 else 6643 return true; 6644 } 6645 return false; 6646} 6647 6648/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6649/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6650/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6651/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6652static 6653void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6654 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6655 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6656 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6657 6658 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6659 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6660 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6661 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6662 6663 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6664 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6665 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6666 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6667 else { 6668 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6669 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6670 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6671 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6672 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6673 } 6674 6675 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6676 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6677 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6678 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6679 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6680 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6681 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6682 } else { 6683 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6684 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6685 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6686 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6687 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6688 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6689 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6690 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6691 } 6692} 6693 6694/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6695/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6696/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6697/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6698QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6699 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6700 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6701 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6702 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6703 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6704 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6705 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6706 return QualType(); 6707 6708 do { 6709 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6710 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6711 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6712 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6713 6714 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6715 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6716 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6717 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6718 return Result; 6719 } 6720 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6721 6722 return QualType(); 6723} 6724 6725bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6726 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6727 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6728 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6729 6730 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6731 // the LHS. 6732 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6733 return false; 6734 6735 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6736 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6737 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6738 return true; 6739 6740 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6741 // more detailed analysis is required. 6742 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6743 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6744 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6745 // false otherwise. 6746 bool IsSuperClass = 6747 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6748 if (IsSuperClass) { 6749 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6750 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6751 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6752 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6753 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6754 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6755 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6756 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6757 return false; 6758 6759 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6760 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6761 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6762 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6763 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6764 6765 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6766 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6767 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6768 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6769 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6770 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6771 break; 6772 } 6773 } 6774 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6775 return false; 6776 } 6777 return true; 6778 } 6779 return false; 6780 } 6781 6782 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6783 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6784 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6785 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6786 6787 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6788 // are incompatible. 6789 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6790 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6791 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6792 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6793 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6794 break; 6795 } 6796 } 6797 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6798 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6799 return false; 6800 } 6801 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6802 return true; 6803} 6804 6805bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6806 // get the "pointed to" types 6807 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6808 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6809 6810 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6811 return false; 6812 6813 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6814 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6815} 6816 6817bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6818 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6819 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6820 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6821} 6822 6823/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6824/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6825/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6826/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6827bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6828 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6829 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6830 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6831 6832 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6833} 6834 6835bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6836 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6837} 6838 6839bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6840 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6841} 6842 6843/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6844/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6845/// QualType() 6846QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6847 bool OfBlockPointer, 6848 bool Unqualified) { 6849 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6850 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6851 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6852 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6853 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6854 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6855 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6856 if (!MT.isNull()) 6857 return MT; 6858 } 6859 } 6860 } 6861 6862 return QualType(); 6863} 6864 6865/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6866/// argument types 6867QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6868 bool OfBlockPointer, 6869 bool Unqualified) { 6870 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6871 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6872 // type is compatible with a union member 6873 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6874 Unqualified); 6875 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6876 return lmerge; 6877 6878 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6879 Unqualified); 6880 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6881 return rmerge; 6882 6883 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6884} 6885 6886QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6887 bool OfBlockPointer, 6888 bool Unqualified) { 6889 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6890 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6891 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6892 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6893 bool allLTypes = true; 6894 bool allRTypes = true; 6895 6896 // Check return type 6897 QualType retType; 6898 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6899 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6900 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6901 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6902 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6903 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6904 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6905 } 6906 else 6907 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6908 Unqualified); 6909 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6910 6911 if (Unqualified) 6912 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6913 6914 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6915 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6916 if (Unqualified) { 6917 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6918 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6919 } 6920 6921 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6922 allLTypes = false; 6923 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6924 allRTypes = false; 6925 6926 // FIXME: double check this 6927 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6928 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6929 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6930 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6931 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6932 6933 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6934 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6935 return QualType(); 6936 6937 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6938 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6939 return QualType(); 6940 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6941 return QualType(); 6942 6943 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6944 return QualType(); 6945 6946 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6947 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6948 6949 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6950 allLTypes = false; 6951 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6952 allRTypes = false; 6953 6954 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6955 6956 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6957 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6958 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6959 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6960 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6961 6962 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6963 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6964 return QualType(); 6965 6966 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6967 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6968 return QualType(); 6969 6970 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6971 return QualType(); 6972 6973 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6974 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6975 return QualType(); 6976 6977 // Check argument compatibility 6978 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6979 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6980 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6981 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6982 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6983 OfBlockPointer, 6984 Unqualified); 6985 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6986 6987 if (Unqualified) 6988 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6989 6990 types.push_back(argtype); 6991 if (Unqualified) { 6992 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6993 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6994 } 6995 6996 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6997 allLTypes = false; 6998 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6999 allRTypes = false; 7000 } 7001 7002 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7003 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7004 7005 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7006 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7007 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 7008 } 7009 7010 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 7011 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 7012 7013 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 7014 if (proto) { 7015 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 7016 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 7017 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 7018 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 7019 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 7020 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 7021 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 7022 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 7023 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 7024 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 7025 7026 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 7027 // to pass enum values. 7028 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7029 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7030 if (argTy.isNull()) 7031 return QualType(); 7032 } 7033 7034 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 7035 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 7036 return QualType(); 7037 } 7038 7039 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7040 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7041 7042 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 7043 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 7044 return getFunctionType(retType, 7045 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 7046 proto->getNumArgs()), 7047 EPI); 7048 } 7049 7050 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 7051 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 7052 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 7053} 7054 7055/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 7056static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 7057 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 7058 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 7059 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 7060 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 7061 // type. 7062 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7063 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7064 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 7065 return other; 7066 7067 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 7068 // integral type of the same size. 7069 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 7070 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 7071 return other; 7072 7073 return QualType(); 7074} 7075 7076QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 7077 bool OfBlockPointer, 7078 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 7079 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 7080 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 7081 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 7082 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 7083 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 7084 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 7085 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 7086 7087 if (Unqualified) { 7088 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7089 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 7090 } 7091 7092 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7093 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7094 7095 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7096 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7097 return LHS; 7098 7099 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 7100 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7101 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7102 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7103 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 7104 // mismatch. 7105 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7106 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 7107 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 7108 return QualType(); 7109 7110 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7111 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7112 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7113 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7114 // qualified __strong. 7115 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7116 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7117 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7118 7119 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7120 return QualType(); 7121 7122 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7123 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 7124 } 7125 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7126 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 7127 } 7128 return QualType(); 7129 } 7130 7131 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 7132 7133 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7134 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 7135 7136 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 7137 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 7138 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7139 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 7140 7141 // Same as above for arrays 7142 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7143 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7144 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 7145 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 7146 7147 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 7148 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7149 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 7150 7151 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 7152 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 7153 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 7154 7155 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 7156 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 7157 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 7158 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 7159 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7160 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 7161 } 7162 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 7163 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 7164 } 7165 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 7166 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 7167 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7168 return LHS; 7169 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 7170 return RHS; 7171 } 7172 7173 return QualType(); 7174 } 7175 7176 // The canonical type classes match. 7177 switch (LHSClass) { 7178#define TYPE(Class, Base) 7179#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 7180#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7181#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7182#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 7183#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 7184 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 7185 7186 case Type::Auto: 7187 case Type::LValueReference: 7188 case Type::RValueReference: 7189 case Type::MemberPointer: 7190 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 7191 7192 case Type::ObjCInterface: 7193 case Type::IncompleteArray: 7194 case Type::VariableArray: 7195 case Type::FunctionProto: 7196 case Type::ExtVector: 7197 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 7198 7199 case Type::Pointer: 7200 { 7201 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7202 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7203 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7204 if (Unqualified) { 7205 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7206 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7207 } 7208 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7209 Unqualified); 7210 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7211 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7212 return LHS; 7213 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7214 return RHS; 7215 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7216 } 7217 case Type::BlockPointer: 7218 { 7219 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7220 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7221 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7222 if (Unqualified) { 7223 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7224 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7225 } 7226 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7227 Unqualified); 7228 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7229 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7230 return LHS; 7231 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7232 return RHS; 7233 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7234 } 7235 case Type::Atomic: 7236 { 7237 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7238 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7239 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7240 if (Unqualified) { 7241 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7242 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7243 } 7244 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7245 Unqualified); 7246 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7247 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7248 return LHS; 7249 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7250 return RHS; 7251 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7252 } 7253 case Type::ConstantArray: 7254 { 7255 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7256 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7257 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7258 return QualType(); 7259 7260 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7261 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7262 if (Unqualified) { 7263 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7264 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7265 } 7266 7267 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7268 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7269 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7270 return LHS; 7271 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7272 return RHS; 7273 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7274 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7275 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7276 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7277 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7278 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7279 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7280 return LHS; 7281 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7282 return RHS; 7283 if (LVAT) { 7284 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7285 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7286 // has to be different. 7287 return LHS; 7288 } 7289 if (RVAT) { 7290 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7291 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7292 // has to be different. 7293 return RHS; 7294 } 7295 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7296 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7297 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7298 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7299 } 7300 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7301 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7302 case Type::Record: 7303 case Type::Enum: 7304 return QualType(); 7305 case Type::Builtin: 7306 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7307 return QualType(); 7308 case Type::Complex: 7309 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7310 return QualType(); 7311 case Type::Vector: 7312 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7313 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7314 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7315 return LHS; 7316 return QualType(); 7317 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7318 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7319 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7320 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7321 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7322 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7323 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7324 return LHS; 7325 7326 return QualType(); 7327 } 7328 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7329 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7330 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7331 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7332 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7333 BlockReturnType)) 7334 return LHS; 7335 return QualType(); 7336 } 7337 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7338 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7339 return LHS; 7340 7341 return QualType(); 7342 } 7343 } 7344 7345 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7346} 7347 7348bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7349 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7350 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7351 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7352 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7353 return false; 7354 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7355 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7356 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7357 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7358 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7359 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7360 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7361 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7362 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7363 return false; 7364 } 7365 return true; 7366} 7367 7368/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7369/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7370/// return types. 7371QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7372 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7373 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7374 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7375 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7376 return LHS; 7377 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7378 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7379 return QualType(); 7380 QualType OldReturnType = 7381 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7382 QualType NewReturnType = 7383 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7384 QualType ResReturnType = 7385 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7386 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7387 return QualType(); 7388 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7389 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7390 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7391 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7392 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7393 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7394 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7395 QualType ResultType 7396 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7397 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7398 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7399 EPI); 7400 return ResultType; 7401 } 7402 } 7403 return QualType(); 7404 } 7405 7406 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7407 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7408 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7409 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7410 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7411 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7412 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7413 return QualType(); 7414 7415 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7416 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7417 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7418 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7419 // qualified __strong. 7420 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7421 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7422 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7423 7424 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7425 return QualType(); 7426 7427 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7428 return LHS; 7429 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7430 return RHS; 7431 return QualType(); 7432 } 7433 7434 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7435 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7436 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7437 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7438 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7439 return LHS; 7440 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7441 return RHS; 7442 } 7443 return QualType(); 7444} 7445 7446//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7447// Integer Predicates 7448//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7449 7450unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7451 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7452 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7453 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7454 return 1; 7455 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7456 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7457} 7458 7459QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7460 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7461 7462 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7463 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7464 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7465 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7466 7467 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7468 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7469 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7470 7471 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7472 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7473 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7474 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7475 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7476 return UnsignedCharTy; 7477 case BuiltinType::Short: 7478 return UnsignedShortTy; 7479 case BuiltinType::Int: 7480 return UnsignedIntTy; 7481 case BuiltinType::Long: 7482 return UnsignedLongTy; 7483 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7484 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7485 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7486 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7487 default: 7488 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7489 } 7490} 7491 7492ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7493 7494void ASTMutationListener::DeducedReturnType(const FunctionDecl *FD, 7495 QualType ReturnType) {} 7496 7497//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7498// Builtin Type Computation 7499//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7500 7501/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7502/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7503/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7504/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7505/// a vector of "i*". 7506/// 7507/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7508/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7509static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7510 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7511 bool &RequiresICE, 7512 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7513 // Modifiers. 7514 int HowLong = 0; 7515 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7516 RequiresICE = false; 7517 7518 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7519 bool Done = false; 7520 while (!Done) { 7521 switch (*Str++) { 7522 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7523 case 'I': 7524 RequiresICE = true; 7525 break; 7526 case 'S': 7527 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7528 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7529 Signed = true; 7530 break; 7531 case 'U': 7532 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7533 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7534 Unsigned = true; 7535 break; 7536 case 'L': 7537 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7538 ++HowLong; 7539 break; 7540 } 7541 } 7542 7543 QualType Type; 7544 7545 // Read the base type. 7546 switch (*Str++) { 7547 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7548 case 'v': 7549 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7550 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7551 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7552 break; 7553 case 'f': 7554 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7555 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7556 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7557 break; 7558 case 'd': 7559 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7560 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7561 if (HowLong) 7562 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7563 else 7564 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7565 break; 7566 case 's': 7567 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7568 if (Unsigned) 7569 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7570 else 7571 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7572 break; 7573 case 'i': 7574 if (HowLong == 3) 7575 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7576 else if (HowLong == 2) 7577 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7578 else if (HowLong == 1) 7579 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7580 else 7581 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7582 break; 7583 case 'c': 7584 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7585 if (Signed) 7586 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7587 else if (Unsigned) 7588 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7589 else 7590 Type = Context.CharTy; 7591 break; 7592 case 'b': // boolean 7593 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7594 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7595 break; 7596 case 'z': // size_t. 7597 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7598 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7599 break; 7600 case 'F': 7601 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7602 break; 7603 case 'G': 7604 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7605 break; 7606 case 'H': 7607 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7608 break; 7609 case 'M': 7610 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7611 break; 7612 case 'a': 7613 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7614 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7615 break; 7616 case 'A': 7617 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7618 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7619 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7620 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7621 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7622 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7623 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7624 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7625 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7626 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7627 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7628 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7629 else 7630 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7631 break; 7632 case 'V': { 7633 char *End; 7634 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7635 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7636 Str = End; 7637 7638 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7639 RequiresICE, false); 7640 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7641 7642 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7643 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7644 VectorType::GenericVector); 7645 break; 7646 } 7647 case 'E': { 7648 char *End; 7649 7650 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7651 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7652 7653 Str = End; 7654 7655 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7656 false); 7657 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7658 break; 7659 } 7660 case 'X': { 7661 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7662 false); 7663 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7664 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7665 break; 7666 } 7667 case 'Y' : { 7668 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7669 break; 7670 } 7671 case 'P': 7672 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7673 if (Type.isNull()) { 7674 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7675 return QualType(); 7676 } 7677 break; 7678 case 'J': 7679 if (Signed) 7680 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7681 else 7682 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7683 7684 if (Type.isNull()) { 7685 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7686 return QualType(); 7687 } 7688 break; 7689 case 'K': 7690 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7691 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7692 7693 if (Type.isNull()) { 7694 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7695 return QualType(); 7696 } 7697 break; 7698 case 'p': 7699 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7700 break; 7701 } 7702 7703 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7704 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7705 while (!Done) { 7706 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7707 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7708 case '*': 7709 case '&': { 7710 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7711 // qualified with an address space. 7712 char *End; 7713 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7714 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7715 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7716 Str = End; 7717 } 7718 if (c == '*') 7719 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7720 else 7721 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7722 break; 7723 } 7724 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7725 case 'C': 7726 Type = Type.withConst(); 7727 break; 7728 case 'D': 7729 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7730 break; 7731 case 'R': 7732 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7733 break; 7734 } 7735 } 7736 7737 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7738 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7739 7740 return Type; 7741} 7742 7743/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7744QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7745 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7746 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7747 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7748 7749 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7750 7751 bool RequiresICE = false; 7752 Error = GE_None; 7753 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7754 RequiresICE, true); 7755 if (Error != GE_None) 7756 return QualType(); 7757 7758 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7759 7760 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7761 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7762 if (Error != GE_None) 7763 return QualType(); 7764 7765 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7766 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7767 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7768 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7769 7770 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7771 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7772 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7773 7774 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7775 } 7776 7777 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7778 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7779 7780 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7781 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7782 7783 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7784 7785 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7786 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7787 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7788 7789 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7790 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7791 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7792 7793 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7794} 7795 7796GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7797 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 7798 return GVA_Internal; 7799 7800 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7801 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7802 case TSK_Undeclared: 7803 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7804 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7805 break; 7806 7807 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7808 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7809 7810 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7811 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7812 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7813 break; 7814 } 7815 7816 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7817 return External; 7818 7819 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7820 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7821 // externally visible. 7822 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7823 return External; 7824 7825 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7826 return GVA_C99Inline; 7827 } 7828 7829 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7830 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7831 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7832 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7833 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7834 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7835 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7836 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7837 return GVA_C99Inline; 7838 7839 return GVA_CXXInline; 7840} 7841 7842GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7843 if (!VD->isExternallyVisible()) 7844 return GVA_Internal; 7845 7846 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7847 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7848 // template. 7849 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7850 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7851 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7852 7853 switch (TSK) { 7854 case TSK_Undeclared: 7855 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7856 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7857 7858 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7859 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7860 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7861 7862 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7863 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7864 7865 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7866 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7867 } 7868 7869 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7870} 7871 7872bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7873 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7874 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7875 return false; 7876 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7877 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7878 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7879 return false; 7880 } else 7881 return false; 7882 7883 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7884 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7885 return false; 7886 7887 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7888 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7889 return false; 7890 7891 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7892 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7893 return true; 7894 7895 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7896 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7897 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7898 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7899 7900 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7901 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7902 return true; 7903 7904 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7905 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7906 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7907 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7908 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7909 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7910 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7911 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7912 return true; 7913 } 7914 } 7915 } 7916 7917 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7918 7919 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7920 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7921 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7922 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7923 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7924 return false; 7925 return true; 7926 } 7927 7928 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7929 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7930 7931 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7932 return false; 7933 7934 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7935 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7936 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7937 return true; 7938 7939 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7940 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7941 return true; 7942 7943 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7944 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7945 return true; 7946 7947 return false; 7948} 7949 7950CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7951 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7952 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7953} 7954 7955CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7956 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7957 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7958 return CC_Default; 7959 return CC; 7960} 7961 7962bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7963 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7964 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7965} 7966 7967MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7968 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7969 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7970 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7971 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7972 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7973 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7974 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7975 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7976 } 7977 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7978} 7979 7980CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7981 7982size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7983 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7984 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7985 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7986 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7987 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7988 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7989 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7990 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7991 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7992 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7993 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7994 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7995 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7996 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7997} 7998 7999void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 8000 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 8001 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 8002 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) 8003 return; 8004 8005 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 8006 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 8007 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 8008} 8009 8010int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 8011 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 8012 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 8013 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 8014} 8015 8016unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 8017 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 8018 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 8019 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 8020} 8021 8022 8023void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 8024 ParamIndices[D] = index; 8025} 8026 8027unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 8028 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 8029 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 8030 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 8031 return I->second; 8032} 8033